Home

Palm Pre 2 (Rogers) User Guide

1. ea Switch between full screen view and original size Use the volume button on the left side of your phone to control the sound level Find related videos Find videos from the same author or otherwise related to the one you selected On the video details screen see Watch a YouTube video do one of the following e To view videos from the same author Tap More gt More from This Author e To view related videos Tap More gt Related Videos Chapter 8 Photos videos and music Share a video Send a friend a link to a YouTube video 1 On the video details screen see Watch a YouTube video tap Share 2 Tap Email or Text Message 3 Address and send the message Music You can add and listen to DRM free music files on your phone You can listen to music through the speaker on the back of your phone through the stereo headset included with your phone or through headphones sold separately If you have speakers or a stereo headset both sold separately that are equipped with Bluetooth wireless technology you can also use them to listen to music You can also listen to streaming music from the web directly in the web browser see Web KEY TERM DRM free A file that is not protected by Digital Rights Management DRM free music files can be copied as many times as you like and can be played on your Pre 2 phone Get music onto your phone To get music onto your phone you can do any of the following e
2. Press Sym D and to select press aorA aaaaaga eAAAAAA amp 8 4 lt gt Ou bor B 4 lt gt gt Oyu corC O O d or D t eorE G6GEEEEEIU Y hor H tE LXf i or TTT o jor J j k or K lor L A mor M u n or N AN oorO 6066056 GOO0O00EOG2 lt gt Chapter 2 Basics a0 36 Table 2 Symbols and accented characters Press Sym GD and to select press porP G 4 lt gt gt yu qorQ rorR sorS RES s t4 lt gt torT 3 34 uor U uuuaUUUU lt gt gt vor V w or W x or X ya yor Y yyYY lt gt z Or _ ee4 lt gt gt Ou w i et4 lt gt gt Ou e Enter information in a field You can enter information in a field by typing or by pasting previously copied information see Cut copy and paste information The Text Assist feature works with all text fields see Work with the Text Assist feature To accept the information you entered do one of the following e Tap outside the field e Press Enter If a screen contains multiple fields pressing Enter accepts the information you just entered and moves the cursor to the next field e When you are done entering information on the screen containing the field make the back gesture to accept the information and back out of the screen see Go up one level in an app back gesture
3. 1 Open Contacts 2 Begin typing any of the following e First middle or last name e First and last initial no space between e Company e Nickname Matthew Bluth E SEARCH 1I Global Address Search gt y 3 For more search options tap Global Address Search This option is available if you are using Microsoft Exchange with a Global Address List 4 Tap the contact View edit or delete contact information _ 2 Open Contacts Search for a contact see Find a contact and tap the contact name Martha Campbell 5 1408 555 9764 e j WORK ea IOO mcampbell7256 gmail com _ OTHER campgr4 AIM ow ty Optional To copy a contact open the application menu tap Edit and tap Copy All The contents of the contact entry are copied as plain text with carriage returns between each element To edit a contact tap Edit Info that s dimmed means it originates from an account that you can t edit on your phone like Facebook In a linked contact tap the account icon in the upper right corner to edit fields specific to that account Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 113 NOTE The fields that make up the contact header name photo job title company are unique to each account You must open a specific account to enter these fields 6 Doone or both of the following e To add or change information Tap a field
4. 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Tap the account name 4 Enter the new information and tap Sign In Delete an IM account 1 Open Messaging amp 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Tap the account name 4 Tap Remove Account and tap Remove Messaging Account Turn messaging notifications on or off You can set your phone to show a notification and or play a sound when a new message arrives These settings apply to all your Messaging accounts 1 Open Messaging amp 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 In Show Notifications tap On or Off er SMS Account Grea Madison ae Google Talk amsdison72568qmailicon Add IM Account h d 4 When Show Notifications is on tap Alert and tap any of the following Vibrate The phone vibrates with no other sound System Sound The system sound plays If the ringer is off the phone vibrates Ringtone Tap a ringtone After you select a ringtone for messages below Alert tap Ringtone Tap a ringtone name To hear the ringtone Tap gt to the right of its name Mute No sound plays and the phone does not vibrate Chapter 6 Email text multimedia and instant messaging 107 108 Chapter 6 Email text multimedia and instant messaging a B Contacts Calendar and other personal information Your Palm Pre 2 phone is all you need to
5. Chapter 2 Basics Work with the Text Assist feature Text Assist the assisted text entry feature works on any screen in which you can enter text including email text multimedia and instant messages memos contact and calendar entry screens and more Text Assist includes auto correction auto capitalization and shortcuts e If Text Assist recognizes a common misspelling it auto corrects the word A tone is played and the word appears with a red underline to indicate it has been corrected To cancel the auto correction press Backspace 6 or tap the word and tap the original spelling e If auto correction doesn t recognize a spelling it highlights the word with an orange underline Tap the word to display a list of close matches and then tap the correct word If the word is spelled correctly as you typed it tap the word and then tap to add the word to the auto correction dictionary The word appears with a red underline to indicate it has been added to the dictionary e Auto correction inserts punctuation such as apostrophes in contractions So you can quickly type dont and it appears correctly as don t e The auto capitalization feature automatically capitalizes the first word of a sentence and other letters that would commonly be capitalized such as the letter i by itself or in i d e The shortcut feature recognizes and expands common shorthand expressions such as replacing u with you r with are and wed with Wed
6. polim Palm ____ pamon Facebook JaCebeolk can Ex Palm USA Mobile Prod palron Us h d e In Launcher or Card view type a few characters of the bookmark title and then tap Bookmarks amp History Scroll to find the bookmark you want and tap to open it Edit reorder or delete a bookmark Open Web Open the application menu and tap Bookmarks Bookmarks polim Palm L pamon Facebook 1acebpok corn ra Koll ee Prod palm k d Do one of the following e Edit Tap to the right of the bookmark name Enter the new icon title or URL and tap Save Bookmark e Reorder Tap hold wait for the visual cue and then drag the bookmark e Delete Throw the bookmark off the side of the screen and tap Delete Chapter 9 Web and wireless connections 173 Return to previously viewed web pages Do one of the following e Open the application menu and tap History Scroll to the page name and tap the page History Welcome to Facebook facebook com 9 Create a Page Facebo facebeok com pages ireate MySpace Login MLMYSSace col Nn lodin wapi Fees MySpace Login myspace coi utd h d e Enter a term or address in the address bar that matches the page name or address e In Launcher or Card view type a few characters of a keyword relating to the page you are looking for and then tap Bookmarks amp History Scroll to find the
7. Email 10 25 3c lll Ea New Mail Account L Email Account Si Exchange P o 3 Gmail 3 Yahoo Mail h d 3 Enter your email address and password and tap Manual Setup 4 Enter info for the incoming mail server as needed based on the server information you got from your email provider or system administrator see BEFORE YOU BEGIN at the beginning of this procedure You can enter either the server name or IP address in the Incoming Mail Server field 5 Tap Sign In 6 Tap Done Set up email when automatic setup fails Follow these steps if automatic setup see Set up email does not work for your email account Chapter 6 Email text multimedia and instant messaging BEFORE YOU BEGIN Get this info from your email provider or system administrator e Account type POP or IMAP Incoming and outgoing mail server names e Incoming mail server username and password e Incoming and outgoing server port numbers e Any SSL requirements for incoming and or outgoing mail e Any authentication ESMTP requirements for outgoing mail e Root folder IMAP accounts only 1 If you have already started account setup and an Unable To Sign In message appears tap Manual Setup and skip to step 6 Otherwise start at step 2 2 Open Email amp 3 Do one of the following e The first time you open Email tap Email Account e If you have already set up an account that takes advantage of the Syn
8. After you copy a file to your phone you can open the file if your phone has an application that supports the file type You can open many file formats for photos videos and music Microsoft Office files and PDF files You can also copy ringtones that you download from your computer s web browser 3 Ona Windows computer if the Found New Hardware wizard opens click Cancel to close the wizard 4 Open My Computer Windows XP Computer Windows Vista Windows 7 or the Finder Mac double click the drive representing your phone and drag and drop files to your phone The drive displays folders that you can use to organize the files you copy You can also create your own folders NOTE If you copy ringtones to your phone be sure to place them in the ringtones folder on your phone s USB drive Photos and videos taken on the phone are in DCIM gt 100Palm IMPORTANT All files that you store on the USB drive of your phone are not backed up to your Palm profile and they cannot sync to any of your online accounts So be sure to keep a copy of all such files somewhere besides your phone just in case you lose your phone or you must do a full erase of the info on your phone For example from time to time you may want to back up photos and videos you recorded on your phone by copying them to a computer Your photos and videos are stored in the DCIM folder of your phone s USB drive BEFORE YOU BEGIN Before you copy files from you
9. DRM free video files can be copied as many times as you like and can be played on your Pre 2 phone Use the YouTube application to view YouTube videos see YouTube BEFORE YOU BEGIN Before you put videos on your phone make sure you have enough storage space on your phone to fit the file Open Device Info amp and look at the Available field under Phone 1 Open Videos amp Videos Video roll Loaded Videos 2 Tapan album and tap the video you want to watch 150 Chapter 8 Photos videos and music Use video playback controls Playback controls automatically appear when you start a video They disappear after a few seconds Tap the video to manually display or dismiss the controls r eNanzanian Elephants Table 3 Video playback controls Control Function CS Play Pause Move forward or backward tap and hold the slider and then drag it right to move forward or left to move backward g Switch between full screen view and the original size Use the volume button on the left side of your phone to control the sound level TIP To skip ahead 30 seconds in a video flick left to right on the screen To jump back 10 seconds flick right to left Delete a video 1 2 3 Open Videos amp Tap the album containing the video Throw the video off the side of the screen and tap Delete You Tube Watch a YouTube video The YouTube application on your phone lets you watch
10. Intellectual property notices 2009 2010 Palm Inc a subsidiary of Hewlett Packard Company All rights reserved Palm Palm Pre Palm webOsS Synergy and Touchstone are among the trademarks or registered trademarks owned by or licensed to Palm Inc Microsoft and Outlook are trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies Exchange ActiveSync Enabled Facebook is a registered trademark of Facebook Inc Google and Google Maps are trademarks of Google Inc Amazon Amazon MP3 and the Amazon MP3 logo are trademarks of Amazon com Inc or its affiliates Quickoffice is a registered trademark of Quickoffice Inc All other brand and product names are or may be trademarks of their respective owners Disclaimer and limitation of liability Palm Inc and its suppliers assume no responsibility for any damage or loss resulting from the use of this guide Palm Inc and its suppliers assume no responsibility for any loss or claims by third parties that may arise through the use of this software Palm Inc and its suppliers assume no responsibility for any damage or loss caused by deletion of data as a result of malfunction dead battery or repairs Be sure to make backup copies of all important data on other media to protect against data loss Patent pending This product also is licensed under United States patent 6 058 304 Use of this device requires providing a valid email address mobile phone number and related information for account setu
11. adding 115 backing up 192 copying 58 download 202 file types 202 volume 135 201 ringtones folder 58 222 roaming 44 82 rows resizing 184 S safety information 79 237 244 SAR 238 satellite photos 176 saving attachments 93 calendar events 124 contacts 112 email addresses 94 files 183 186 images 93 information 39 112 phone numbers 78 pictures 146 web page bookmarks 173 schedules See calendars screen brightness 198 caring for 13 specifications 234 troubleshooting 210 211 turning on and off 20 199 unlocking 200 Screen amp Lock application 192 199 200 screen captures 142 144 screencaptures USB folder 144 scroll fast gesture 25 scroll gestures 25 scroll slow gesture 25 search engines 53 56 175 searching for albums 156 for applications 30 for artists 156 for contacts 80 113 for emails 94 for files 185 for memos 134 for music 155 156 for text 186 for videos 53 152 for websites 170 with Just Type 53 second phone calls 74 secure encryption method 167 secure full erase 196 223 secure hotspots 163 164 secure networks 161 Secure Unlock option 200 secure websites 170 220 secure Wi Fi networks 160 security See also Certificate Manager erasing data locking the screen 199 200 network 162 Palm profile 194 seizures 241 Select All option 39 sending conversation messages 99 document files 184 email 86 98 instant messages 104 multimedia messages 74 100 101 PDF files
12. 1 Press and hold power 2 Tap Power and then tap Restart TIP An occasional restart can be good for your phone just the way a restart can be good for your computer Every once in a while restart your phone Why this might help Restarting your phone closes all applications frees up all memory and reinitialize wireless services phone Bluetooth technology and Wi Fi A fresh start Did this solve the problem e Yes Stop e No Continue T3 Triple toggle to restart 1 Press and hold power G 2 While still holding down power G slide the ringer switch three times Wait a few seconds for the restart to begin Or try this method for restarting your phone 3 key restart Press and hold these keys Option 0 Sym E R and then release them all at once Give this method at least ten seconds for the restart to begin Why this might help A triple toggle or 3 key restart may be effective if the screen is off and you can t turn it on or if gestures don t work These restarts also close all applications free memory and reinitialize wireless services phone Bluetooth technology and Wi Fi NOTE Because open applications are forced to close immediately during this kind of restart some unsaved data may be lost Did this solve the problem e Yes Stop e No Continue T4 Top off the battery 1 Connect the USB cable to the AC charger and to your phone 2 Plug the AC charger into
13. 3 Open My Computer Windows XP Computer Windows Vista Windows 7 or the Finder Mac and double click the drive representing your phone 4 Delete the song using your computer s controls 5 End the connection safely if you do not eject safely your phone resets when you disconnect the USB cable On a Windows computer right click the drive representing your phone and click Eject On a Mac computer drag the drive representing your phone to the Trash The Trash icon changes to Eject 6 Disconnect the USB cable from the computer when the USB Drive screen no longer appears on your phone Amazon MP3 The Amazon MP3 app is not supported by all wireless service providers If it s not in the Launcher it is not available Before you can download items using the Amazon MP3 application on your phone you must have an Amazon account and you must read and agree to the MP3 Music service terms and conditions MP3 files you buy from Amazon MP3 are DRM free After you buy and download items from Amazon MP3 listen to them with your phone s Music application see Get music onto your phone NOTE Music you download from Amazon MP3 is not backed up to your Palm profile To back up your music you can copy downloaded files from the AmazonMP3 folder on your phone s USB drive to your computer see Copy files between your phone and your computer Chapter 8 Photos videos and music 155 Search for a specific song album or
14. Accounts and tap Add Account Enter your Palm profile password and tap Continue If you enter an incorrect Palm profile password three times a message appears that explains how you can contact Palm support for help Tap the credit card type you want to use Enter your credit card and billing address details and tap Submit IMPORTANT Your credit card details are not stored on your phone They are encrypted and stored in your Palm profile Tap OK to verify your email address or tap Change This Address to enter a different one Purchase receipts are sent to the address shown here In Password is Required select one of the following Once every 4 hours You must enter your password the first time you make a purchase If you make any other purchases within four hours you don t need to enter your password again After four hours you enter your password again for the first purchase which starts a new four hour clock Every Purchase You must enter your password for each purchase regardless of the time interval Update or delete a billing account 1 2 Open App Catalog F Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts Tap your account name Enter your Palm profile password and tap Continue If you enter an incorrect Palm profile password three times a message appears that explains how you can contact Palm support for help Do one of the following Edit the account information Change the
15. Contacts Calendar and other personal information 2 Tap No Repeat and then tap a repeat interval or Custom to define a repeat interval and set the end date Calendar 2 09 36 ll f Project status meeting GOOGLEY Eor Thu Mar 5 2009 40 30 AM to 12 00 PM D Room 412 No Repeat 10 minutes before Pe Greg Madison E 1 participants h DID YOU KNOW To enter a birthday anniversary or holiday create an untimed event Then select Yearly on date as the repeat interval See Create an all day untimed event Add an alarm to an event 1 While creating an event see Create an event tap I to the right of the event name To add an alarm after creating an event tap the event name in Day view 2 The default alarm setting is 15 minutes before the start of the event To change the setting tap 15 minutes before and tap the new setting for the alarm Customize event notification sounds Create an all day untimed event The settings you apply here apply to all of your Calendar accounts An all day event such as a birthday appears in your calendar without a specific time slot 1 Open Calendar 1 Open Calendar 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 2 Goto the day you want open the application menu tap New and 3 Tap the Event Reminders field and tap any of the following then tap All Day Event Vibrate The phone vibrates and makes a vibrating sound but makes
16. Email nidcdinfo nih gov Internet nidcd nih gov health hearing National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health 395 E Street SW Suite 9200 Patriots Plaza Building Washington DC 20201 Voice 1 800 CDC INFO 1 800 232 4636 Internet cdc gov niosh topics noise Product Handling amp Safety General statement on handling and use You alone are responsible for how you use your phone and any consequences of its use You must always switch off your phone wherever the use of a phone is prohibited Use of your phone is subject to safety measures designed to protect users and their environment e Always treat your phone and its accessories with care and keep it in a clean and dust free place e Do not expose your phone or its accessories to open flames or lit tobacco products Do not expose your phone or its accessories to liquid moisture or high humidity Do not drop throw or try to bend your phone or its accessories e Do not use harsh chemicals cleaning solvents or aerosols to clean the device or its accessories e Do not paint your phone or its accessories e Do not attempt to disassemble your phone or its accessories only authorized personnel must do so Do not expose your phone or its accessories to extreme temperatures minimum 0 C to 45 G e Please check local regulations for disposal of electronic products e Do not carry your phone in your back pocket as it could break when you sit down Ba
17. Launcher 33 notifications and 212 Quick Launch 32 33 signal strength 22 213 title bar 14 voicemail 76 web page 170 172 Wi Fi 14 ignored calls 76 IM See instant messages images 93 220 See also pictures IMAP email accounts 219 IMEI number 214 importing information 216 See also data transfer inbox email 86 97 219 Industry Canada 238 information See also text accessing 8 216 backing up 190 cutting copying 38 deleting 196 entering 34 36 171 importing 216 linked contacts 117 losing 223 pasting 38 restoring 223 retrieving 8 saving 39 112 transferring 207 inline images 93 installing third party applications 45 224 updates 43 45 instant messages 103 107 accounts 103 104 106 blocking 103 buddies 99 creating 104 106 notifications 106 online status 106 sending 99 104 Interactive Tests 197 interference 213 215 internal memory See memory international dialing 81 international language settings 198 Internet See websites Internet service providers 218 219 IP addresses 163 IPSEC client 166 ISPs See Internet service providers Java applets 170 JavaScript 170 175 Join network option 161 JPG files 93 100 102 142 143 219 Just Type 52 56 contact search 52 66 defined 8 228 memos 54 messages 54 preferences for 56 troubleshooting 221 web search 52 within applications 53 K keyboard 12 34 67 234 keyboard shortcuts 38 224 keywords 55 known networks 162 labels 112 LAN 166
18. Six ways to get your Palm Pre 2 phone working again Introduction Is your phone not working the way you expect it to Has it stopped responding to taps Is one of your applications not responding or behaving strangely These problems can be pretty easy to fix Here are six different methods 6Ts that you can try on your own to get your phone working again Try each method in the order it s presented to see if it solves your problem When the problem is solved stop T1 Throw all open applications off the top of the screen NOTE Ifthe screen is off and you can t turn it on or if gestures don t work skip to T3 Triple toggle to restart 1 If you re working in an application that s displayed full screen and it isn t responding flick up from the gesture area to send the app to Card view 2 Throw the app off the top of the screen to close it Chapter 12 Troubleshooting 3 Throw any other open applications off the top of the screen to close them Why this might help One or more of your open applications could be reserving so much memory that there s not enough memory left to do real work Closing apps can free up enough memory so you can continue working Did this solve the problem e Yes Stop e No Continue T2 Turn your phone completely off and on NOTE Ifthe screen is off and you can t turn it on or if gestures don t work skip to T3 Triple toggle to restart
19. To turn the screen on do one of the following e Press power Drag up to unlock the screen Power e Slide out the keyboard TIP You can also unlock the screen by dragging up from the gesture area across the onscreen lock icon To turn the screen off press power To save power the screen dims automatically after a period of inactivity then turns off You can be on a call when the screen dims and turns off this does not affect the call To brighten the screen after it dims tap the screen TIP You can set how long the screen stays on during a period of inactivity see Set the interval for turning the screen off automatically Turn wireless services off airplane mode Airplane mode turns off your phone as well as the Bluetooth wireless technology and Wi Fi features Use airplane mode when you are on a plane or anywhere else you need to turn off all wireless services You can t browse the web but you can still use apps like Calendar Contacts Photos Music Quickoffice and PDF View Do one of the following e Tap the upper right corner of any screen to open the connection menu Tap Turn on Airplane Mode e Press and hold power G and tap Airplane Mode When your phone is in airplane mode the airplane mode gal icon appears at the top of every screen and Airplane Mode appears in the upper left corner of the screen in the Launcher Card view and Phone Your phone is not connected to any
20. You can either create a new contact or add the information to an existing contact To add a contact from the To or Cc field 1 In a message you ve received tap the name or email address 2 Tap Add To Contacts 3 Tap one of the following Add New Contact Create a new contact for the name or address Add To Existing Tap the contact you want to add the name or address to DID YOU KNOW You can add an email address to Contacts directly from the Launcher or Card view Type the email address If the email address is not already in Contacts tap Save to contacts Tap Add To Contacts and tap Add New Contact or Add To Existing Enter the contact details and tap Done View a contact from an email message e In a message you ve received from someone listed in the Contacts app tap the name to open the contact entry Chapter 6 Email text multimedia and instant messaging Search for an email message You can search for messages in any email folder Incoming messages must be fully downloaded to your phone to show up in search results e In Launcher or Card view type a few characters of a name email address or subject of an email Scroll to find the email you want and tap to open it e Open Email 3 and open the folder containing the message Start typing a name email address or subject line of a message you re looking for Matching results appear as you type Keep entering characters to narrow the list Reply to a messag
21. access points 160 authentication 160 backup summary 192 connecting to 160 161 162 connections 163 coverage areas 160 disconnecting from 162 disconnecting networks 162 hotspots 163 166 Index 257 258 icons 14 Y known networks 162 network types 160 Yahoo accounts 62 86 232 removing networks 162 YouTube application 150 151 sleep settings 162 152 232 troubleshooting 219 turning on and off 160 Z usage 160 Windows computers Zoom in gesture 25 data transfer from 62 207 zoom out gesture 25 phone drive 58 144 155 202 Windows Mobile 212 wired headsets 79 wireless networks 160 wireless service providers application availablity 164 conference call support 74 data transfer help 61 modem support 179 voicemail support 42 71 72 wireless services icons for 14 restarted phone and 214 turning on and off 21 WLANs See wireless networks Word files 182 182 184 WPA 164 WPA2 164 X XLS files 182 XLSX files 182 Index
22. address as an attachment 1 Tap a picture thumbnail to view it full screen 2 If leq is not visible tap the screen to display it 3 Tap Kad and tap Share via email or Share via MMS e To zoom out or in on a part of the picture Pinch in or out on the 4 i Create the email or multimedia message picture e To capture the portion of the picture you want for the contact photo Tap and hold the picture and then drag the portion you want to the TIP You can also copy pictures from your phone to your computer see Copy files center of the onscreen box This portion becomes the contact photo ceres your prone anu your computer 6 Tap Assign To Contact Upload a picture to the web Save a picture as wallpaper To upload a picture to a web service such as Facebook or Photobucket you must already have an account with the service If you do not already have an account go to a service website for example facebook com or photobucket com and set up an account You must then set up the account Wallpaper is the background screen that appears in Card view 1 Tap a picture thumbnail to view it full screen on your phone You can set up the account on your phone during the upload E l l process as described in this procedure or you can set it up at any other time 2 If aq is not visible tap the screen to display it see Set up an online pictures account on your phone 3 Tap lad and tap Set wallpaper 1 Tap a picture thumbn
23. e Email In an open email message in Email use Copy All to copy the entire message including header info such as sender recipient and subject or use Select All to select just the message body text see Copy messages e Contacts On the contact details screen use Copy All to copy the contents of the contact entry as plain text or on the contact edit screen insert the cursor in a field and use Select All to highlight the contents of that field Save information e On most screens your information is saved automatically Just make the back gesture to close the screen see Go up one level in an app back gesture and your info is saved at the same time e Your info is also saved if you minimize an app screen to a card and throw the card off the top of the screen to close the app e On screens with a Done button tap Done to save your information Use the menus Most applications have an application menu hidden in the upper left corner which provides access to additional features There is also a connection menu hidden in the upper right corner which provides access to wireless Services Some applications have additional menus For example in Photos tap an open picture and tap faq to display a menu of tasks you can do with the picture see Photos To get the most out of your phone it s a good idea to familiarize yourself with the additional features available through the menus in various applications Open the appli
24. e From any screen Open the connection menu in the upper right corner of the screen tap Wi Fi and tap Turn on Wi Fi or Turn off Wi Fi Wireless Service 12 42 wr A tue August 10 2010 Battery 100 Wi Fi Turn on Wi Fi Wi Fi Preferences VPN Bluetooth Tap the icons in this corner or drag your finger down across the icons If your phone finds the network you want tap the network name to connect to it Otherwise see Connect to a new open network and Connect to a new secure network Connect to a new open network For an explanation of open network see Are there different kinds of Wi Fi networks Some locations such as airports or coffee shops provide an open network but charge a fee to use it After you connect your phone to the network you need to open the web browser and register with the Wi Fi service provider before you can check email or browse the web 1 Open Wi Fi 2 Make sure Wi Fi is on see Turn Wi Fi on off 3 Doone of the following e If the network you want is displayed tap the network name e If the network you want is not displayed tap Join network and enter the network name Make sure Open is displayed in the Security field and then tap Connect TIP You can also open Wi Fi by opening the connection menu tapping Wi Fi and tapping Wi Fi Preferences Connect to a new secure network For an explanation of secure networks see Are there different kinds of Wi Fi netw
25. play the files on your phone However some videos may not display a thumbnail image in the videos list and album art may not be displayed To get the files to appear with thumbnail images and album art reimport the files to your phone using either copy and paste in USB Drive mode see Copy files and folders using USB Drive mode or a third party solution see Copy music photos and videos using third party software Amazon MP3 The Amazon MP3 app is not supported by all wireless service providers If it s not in the Launcher it is not available bought a song from Amazon MP3 but it isn t showing up on my phone Occasionally the download process may be interrupted so a song you purchased may not be successfully downloaded to your phone To confirm the purchase and download of a song log in to your Amazon account from your computer If the song shows up there as purchased and downloaded contact Amazon support and let them know you never received your song Transferring information from your computer bought a song through Amazon MP3 and want to transfer it to my computer You can copy music files on your phone to your computer for use with a desktop music player For instructions see Copy files between your phone and your computer Chapter 12 Troubleshooting NOTE The Amazon MP3 app is not supported by all wireless service providers If it s not in the Launcher it is not available copied files from my
26. see Enter information in a field NOTE Ina linked contact when you enter info in a field for the first time you can assign that info to any account by tapping the account button in the field e To delete a piece of contact information Throw the item off the side of the screen and tap Delete 7 lap Done Copy a contact to the SIM card If you have added a phone number for a contact you can copy that contact s name and phone number to the SIM card If a contact has more than one phone number you can copy each number as a separate entry on the SIM card 1 Open Contacts 2 Search for a contact see Find a contact and tap the contact name 3 Open the application menu and tap Copy To SIM Card 4 Ifthe contact has more than one phone number tap the number you want to copy to the SIM card To copy other numbers repeat steps 3 and 4 selecting a different number each time 114 Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information The contact info is copied to the SIM card and a linked contact is created between the source contact and the contact s on the SIM card 555 555 3082 a 9 tow Add a photo to a contact The photo you add appears onscreen when this contact calls you or when you call the contact 1 While creating see Create a contact or editing see View edit or delete contact information a contact do one of the following To add or change the photo in the de
27. 1 Tap and hold the column header line to the right or left of the column you want to resize 2 Drag the column Chapter 10 Documents Switch among slides in a PowerPoint slideshow Do one of the following e To move to the next or previous slide Drag up or down on the screen e To jump to different slide Tap the currently displayed slide in the upper right corner of the screen Tap the slide you want to jump to Zoom into and pan a slide e To zoom in on a slide Double tap the slide When a red border appears around the slide you can pinch in or out to change the zoom level and drag in any direction to pan the slide e To return the slide to normal view Tap the header at the top of the screen Update Quickoffice software You can update your Quickoffice software to make sure you have the most current version 1 Open Quickoffice 2 Open the application menu and tap Check For Upgrades You can also set a preference to receive a notification if an update is available 1 Open Quickoffice 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Under Notifications tap On or Off Add edit or delete an online account in Quickoffice You can set up additional accounts associated with online collaborative tools such as Google Docs or Dropbox so that files from these accounts appear in Quickoffice 1 Open Quickoffice 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Do one o
28. 1289 Add Favorite Dial using a speed dial See Assign a speed dial to a contact for instructions on creating a speed dial e In the Launcher Card view or Phone press and hold the speed dial key you assigned to the number Dial by contact name in the Phone application See How do add names and other info into Contacts for instructions on adding contacts to your phone You can also look up and dial contacts using Just Type see Dial by contact name using Just Type 1 Open Phone amp amp Chapter 5 Phone 2 Using the keyboard enter a name or initials until the contact you want appears Wireless Service 5 36 Cal CALVIN LEE gt 510 555 1289 DID YOU KNOW If you press E R or any other key that displays both a letter and a number you see both matching names and numbers onscreen DID YOU KNOW If your company uses Microsoft Exchange Server with a Global Address List GAL entering the contact search information returns matching results from the GAL as well Tap the number TIP If you do not want contact matches to appear when you type a number on the keyboard you can turn off the Show Contact Matches preference see Turn contact match display on off When this preference is off you can still dial by contact name in the Phone application After opening Phone tap the contact list icon to the right of Enter name or number Type the contact name or initials and tap the number whe
29. 186 pictures 100 146 219 text messages 100 101 videos 219 sensors 234 Set a ringtone option 115 Set due date for all command 132 Set flag command 95 Set speed dial command 116 setting up alarms 135 billing accounts 48 Bluetooth devices 79 email accounts 86 89 Exchange ActiveSync accounts 87 88 Google accounts 61 63 86 110 121 122 hands free devices 79 instant messaging accounts 103 online picture accounts 147 phone 16 18 Quickoffice accounts 182 voicemail 70 72 share option 98 sharing See also sending files 184 186 images 93 videos 149 Shift 34 short codes 100 shortcuts 36 37 38 81 Show Contact Matches option 68 80 Show email option 89 Show Icon option 89 Show notification option 89 signal 22 213 signatures 89 95 SIM card about 16 contacts and 114 icons 14 inserting 209 locking 82 Storage 5 unlocking 82 SIM Toolkit 84 Simple PIN option 200 size specifications 233 sleep settings 162 slides See PowerPoint files slideshows 145 184 smart folder 229 Smart Folders list 97 SMTP servers 219 snooze 127 136 soft resets See partial erase Software Manager application 55 192 software updates 43 45 songs See music sorting contacts 119 emails 96 task lists 131 tasks 131 sounds 192 200 202 See also specific types Sounds amp Ringtones application 192 200 202 speakerphone 73 213 Specific Absorption Rate See SAR specifications 233 234 speed dialing 68 115 spelling 3
30. Chapter 2 Basics 11 Get to know your phone Front view I Launcher Slide out the keyboard e Hold the phone as shown below and gently push up Messaging 1 7 V AW Ea T Ys I A Snip fo HS Ji K i aie DF ot 2 X c v BON M t SS Earpiece Touchscreen Tap and make other gestures directly on the screen See Touchscreen Volume Aa W Nea Gesture area Make the back gesture and begin other gestures here See Use gestures tap swipe drag flick pinch Ol Microphone On Keyboard See Use the keyboard 7 Charger microUSB connector 12 Chapter 2 Basics NOTE The volume you set for each individual audio source is saved automatically whether the audio source is the earpiece of your phone a wired headset a wireless headset that uses Bluetooth wireless technology music heard through the speaker music heard through a headset and so on When you return to using an audio source the audio plays at the volume you left it the last time you used that source TIP Be careful not to scratch crush or apply too much pressure on the touchscreen Do not store your phone in a place where other items might damage it Do not use harsh chemicals cleaning solvents or aerosols to clean the phone or its accessories Keyboard ak WN Pas gn A WE R ST Yi u O Al SDi pg RS Iil Kil L oO lt f Option Press to enter numbers punctuation and symbols that appear above the letter
31. Copy music files from your computer see Copy files between your phone and your computer You can copy music files to any folder on your phone s USB drive However to make it easy to find and manage files consider creating a Music folder and copy files to there e Use solutions available from third party software developers sold separately that facilitate the transfer of music files to your phone For more information open the browser on your computer and go to palm com sync solutions e Receive music files as email attachments see Open email attachments e Receive music files as part of a multimedia message see Receive and view text and multimedia messages e Buy music using the Amazon MP3 app if it s available on your phone see Amazon MP3 The following table lists music formats that you can play on your phone Table 5 Music formats playable on webOS phones File Play in Music Copy to Download from Download from format USB storage Email MMS AAC y y AAC V V AMR y see Note MP3 V V see Note y WAV y see Note NOTE You can download and listen to WAV and AMR files in Email and they are saved to USB storage but you won t find these files listed in your song list in Music You can also download and listen to MP3 files in Email but MP3 files you download from Email are not saved to USB storage and they are not listed in Music Listen to music After you begin to play music music conti
32. Customize Calendar 3 Goto the day you want see Move around in Calendar and tap a blank time slot In Day view available time slots between events are compressed and labeled X Hrs Free To expand free time so you can enter an event tap X Hrs Free 4 Enter the event name and then do one of the following Press Enter 9 to add the event to the calendar Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 123 124 e Tap i to the right of the name to enter more details about the event Make the back gesture to return to Day view Don t look for a save button your info is automatically saved when you make the back gesture to close the event Enter the event location 1 While creating an event see Create an event tap i to the right of the event name To enter the event location after creating an event tap the event name in Day view 2 lap Event location and enter the location TIP Need to find the event location on a map Open an event that has a location specified in the Event Location field open the application menu and tap Event Location Tap either Show on Map which shows the location on Google Maps or Get Directions which gives directions from your current location Schedule a repeating event 1 While creating an event see Create an event tap i to the right of the event name To set an event as repeating after creating the event tap the event name in Day view Chapter 7
33. Preferences amp Accounts 3 Under Accounts tap the account name 4 Tap Remove Account and tap Remove Calendar Account To restart synchronization with an account you have deleted from Calendar Open Accounts tap the account name and tap Off beside Calendar to turn synchronization on 3 Tasks Tap hal Tasks 09 04 3G all ol lList name MY ORDER Z y Enter the list name in the List Name field and press Enter Create a task see Create a task Create a task Create a task list 1 A task list is a group of related to do items All individual tasks you create 2 see Create a task must be placed in a task list 1 Open Tasks Open Tasks 2 Tap the list you want to assign the task to Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 129 3 Tap G 3 Tap to the right of the task name Tasks 36 ll B Tasks 09 07 3 l Gardening MY ORDER Call Bonnie about roses _ Set water timer Normal PRIORITY Call Bonnie about ro Gardening fox ach 7 Task name No due date DUE Notes Z J L 4 Enter the task name in the Task name field To set the task priority see 4 Set any of the following Set task priority due date and other details Priority High priority tasks appear in red Normal priority tasks appear in bold text and low priority tasks appear in gray text Set task priority due date and other details List Accianihedacktoe di
34. See the individual application sections for details You can also enter a search term in the Help application to search for help content related to the term Create a new item such as a message or memo You can use Just Type to create a new item such as an email message or memo by entering all or part item text These items are grouped in the Quick Actions section of the search results For some Quick Actions you need to turn on a preference to create that type of item from your search results see Customize Just Type 1 Open Card view see Display all open applications Card view or the Launcher see Open an application in the Launcher 2 Typeall or part of the item text such as email message text or memo text Chapter 3 Just Type Launcher call oO Es Google MORE SEARCHES gt Google Maps Wikipedia fe Twitter More QUICK ACTIONS New Email v 3 If needed scroll down to see the Quick Actions field Tap New item type The relevant application opens displaying your text as part of a new item Here are some examples e To create a new email message Tap New Email A new message opens with the text you entered as the message text e To create anew memo Tap New Memo A new memo opens containing the text you entered Open an application 1 Open Card view see Display all open applications Card view or the Launcher see Open an application in the Launcher 2 Begin typing the app name
35. Supported emoticons To display this Enter any of these keyboard character combinations emoticon gt 10 gt 0 gt 0 gt gt O gt gt angry mad o_O confused 8 8 B B cool tery eww gross O O o 0 O O surprised shock omg AN A A ALA grin biggrin CKREBEBERERGEA DB N I N N I N oS I ON x x Chapter 6 Email text multimedia and instant messaging 101 102 Table 1 Supported emoticons To display this Enter any of these keyboard character combinations emoticon lt 3 heart O Or 0 o innocent angel ox o ZA kiss D D D D_ laugh lol gt i gt gt gt gt gt evil twisted neutral meh amp amp amp amp sick t smile Z o No Nos s doh gt wink P P tp gt p b b p P b b p P yuck razz EEECEREREBEEES Receive and view text and multimedia messages You can view pictures videos and animated GIFs and listen to music files included in a multimedia message You can save pictures in JPG format to your phone for viewing in the Photos application Animated GIF files appear as JPG files in the Messaging app 1 Open Messaging amp 2 Tapa conversation to view messages Chapter 6 Email text multimedia and instant messaging 3 To view an attached file in a multimedia message Tap a music video or vCard f
36. To Preferences amp Accounts Help e Online support from Palm Visit palm com support to edit your Palm profile watch how to animations access a tool to help you export data from your desktop to your new phone the Data Transfer Assistant or DTA and read comprehensive information about your phone e Customer service from your wireless service provider For questions about your mobile account or features contact your wireless service provider s customer care 10 Chapter 1 Welcome Basics You re about to discover the many things about your Palm Pre 2 phone that will help you better manage your life and have fun too As you become more familiar with your phone you ll want to personalize the settings and add applications to make it uniquely yours But first take the few easy steps in this chapter to set up your phone and get it running Then learn about the key features that make moving around on your phone and accessing your information easy gestures menus search notifications and more In this chapter Get to know your phone Set up your phone Charge the battery Turn the phone on off Use gestures tap swipe drag flick pinch Open applications Work with applications Enter and save information Use the menus View and respond to notifications Create and work with favorites Manage online accounts Update the Palm webOS operating system Use App Catalog to shop for new applications
37. Type the name of a country or city in the time zone you want and then tap the location Device Info View system information 1 Open Device Info Basic system information is displayed such as your phone number battery usage and available memory 2 Toview more detailed system information tap More Info and tap Software or Hardware Rename your phone 1 Open Device Info 2 Tap the Name field and enter the new name Restart your phone If an application freezes first try restarting your phone No files or settings are changed when you restart An occasional restart can be good for your phone just the way a restart can be good for your computer Every once in a while restart your phone 1 Open Device Info 2 Tap Reset Options and tap Restart NOTE Ifthe screen does not respond to taps press and hold power while you slide the ringer switch three times to restart your phone Chapter 11 Preferences 195 196 Erase data and reset your phone If restarting your phone does not solve the problem of application freezes you may need to reset the phone A reset deletes some or all information from your phone depending on the type of reset you select After a reset you must follow the prompts to sign in to your Palm profile again before you can use your phone IMPORTANT You should perform a manual backup of your data before resetting your phone see Manually back up information to your Palm profil
38. When using the keyboard or playing games on your phone you may experience discomfort in your neck shoulders hands arms or other parts of the body To avoid any injury such as tendonitis carpal tunnel syndrome or other musculoskeletal disorder make sure to take necessary breaks from use take longer rests such as several hours if discomfort or tiring begins and see a doctor if discomfort persists To minimize the risk of Repetitive Motion Injuries when texting or playing games with your phone e Do not grip the phone too tightly e Press the buttons lightly e Make use of the special features in the handset which minimize the number of buttons which have to be pressed such as message templates and predictive text e Take lots of breaks to stretch and relax Blackouts and Seizures Blinking lights such as those experienced with television or playing video games may cause some people to experience blackout or seizure even if never experienced before In the event a phone user should experience any disorientation loss of awareness convulsion eye or muscle twitching or other involuntary movements stop use immediately and consult a doctor Individuals with personal or family history of such events should consult a doctor before using the device To limit the possibility of such symptoms wherever possible every hour take a minimum break of 15 minutes use in a well lighted area view the screen from the farthest distance and avoid expo
39. Your Palm profile also identifies the location on the web where the data you store in your Palm Profile account is backed up You cannot see or change this data on the web however See also Palm profile account Palm profile account An account that is automatically set up for you when you create your Palm profile You can assign contacts and calendar events to it Palm profile items are included in the daily backup of information to your Palm profile but do not synchronize with any of your online accounts See also Palm profile pinch A gesture used to zoom in for a magnified view or zoom out to see a larger area To zoom in you pinch out Place the thumb and index fingertips close together on the touchscreen then slowly spread them apart To zoom out you pinch in Place the thumb and index fingertips apart on the touchscreen and slowly bring them together Quick Launch A lineup of up to five icons that give you quick access to your favorite applications By default Quick Launch displays icons for the following apps Phone Email Contacts and Calendar The fifth icon is the Launcher You can easily drag icons onto and off of Quick Launch to change the lineup of apps see Line up your favorite applications in Quick Launch Quick Launch always appears at the bottom of Card view Tap an icon to open the app You can also open Quick Launch from any maximized application window by dragging up from the gesture area to the screen Move
40. a network you can keep it on your list of known networks so that your phone can automatically connect to it again If you remove the network from your list of known networks however you must reconnect to the network Follow the steps in Connect to a new open network or Connect to a new secure network to connect to the network again e To disconnect from a network but keep it on your list of Known networks Turn off Wi Fi see Turn Wi Fi on off This disconnects from the network e To disconnect from a network and remove it from your list of known networks Open Wi Fi Tap the network name and then tap Forget Network Put Wi Fi to sleep when the screen is off By default your phone keeps its Wi Fi connection active even when the screen is dark If however you find that a Wi Fi connection is constantly unnecessarily waking up your phone you can save battery power by turning off this setting When you turn the screen on again the Wi Fi connection is reactivated 1 Open Wi Fi 2 Open the application menu and tap Sleep Settings 3 Thecurrent setting is displayed in the When Phone Sleeps field Do one of the following e To put Wi Fi to sleep Tap Keep Wi Fi On and then tap Turn Wi Fi Off e To keep Wi Fi on Tap Turn Wi Fi Off and then tap Keep Wi Fi On Customize connection settings Do not change Wi Fi settings unless you are having trouble connecting to a network BEFORE YOU BEGIN You must be connected to the
41. an account in which to create and store contacts and calendar events It also gives you access to services like automatic updates and automatic frequent backups of any of your info that is stored only on your phone and isn t synchronized with an online account See What information is backed up WARNING Please refer to Regulatory and Safety Information for information that helps you safely use your phone Failure to read and follow the important safety information in this guide may result in property damage serious bodily injury or death What s in the box All of the following items are included in the phone box Hardware e Palm Pre 2 phone e USB cable e AC charger e Standard lithium ion battery installed e 3 5mm stereo headset Print material e Getting Started guide e Gesture Guide e Consumer Information About Radio Frequency Emissions and Responsible Driving e Limited Warranty e General User Guide Important Safety and Legal Information Where can learn more e On device Help Read short how tos and watch animations on your new phone e To view all Help Open Help Welcome To Help Tips Read short how tos Clips Watch short animations Featured Browse featured articles Gaus r h Chapter 1 Welcome 9 e To view Help topics for a single application Open the application open the application menu and tap Help Calendar Edit New Sync Now Show Today Jump
42. app from the list displayed in App Catalog see Use App Catalog to shop for new applications Copy files and sync your personal data You didn t buy your Palm Pre 2 phone simply to make calls you bought it because it s also a handheld computer with lots of the features and functions of your desktop computer One important feature that your phone shares with your computer is that it has a lot of storage space for your files and for your personal data This chapter explains how to get these two kinds of data files and personal data onto your phone Copying files to your phone is easy Getting your personal data onto your phone is also easy you just need to decide where you want that data to be stored and how you want to access it In this chapter 58 59 61 61 62 63 Copy files between your phone and your computer Overview Get your personal data onto your phone Transfer data from an old phone Export data from a desktop organizer on your computer Get data from an online account in the cloud Sync your desktop organizer and your phone Chapter 4 Copy files and sync your personal data 3 7 58 Copy files between your phone and your computer Copy files and folders using USB Drive mode You can copy any type of file from a computer to your phone and from your phone to your computer by putting your phone in USB Drive mode In this mode your phone appears as a removable hard drive to your desktop computer
43. are connected to the network of your wireless service provider If you are connected to a Wi Fi network your phone automatically disconnects from that network 4 Provided you already created a secure see Create a secure hotspot or open hotspot see Create an open hotspot any devices enabled with Wi Fi that are within range of your phone can now locate your phone and connect to it If you already set up a device to connect to your secure hotspot that device remembers the passphrase and connects automatically to Palm mobile hotspot 5 When you finish using your phone as a mobile hotspot turn off Palm mobile hotspot to save battery power You can extend your battery time by charging your battery see Charge the battery while you are using Palm mobile hotspot Chapter 9 Web and wireless connections 165 166 Change your secure passphrase 1 Open Palm mobile hotspot gay 2 Tap Change Passphrase 3 Enter the new passphrase and tap Done View information about connected devices 1 Open Palm mobile hotspot gy 2 In Connected Devices tap a device The following information is displayed Name The name of the connected device Type The type of connection between the device and your phone Mac Address A unique address associated with the device Assigned IP The IP address of the connected device VPN What is VPN If you want to use your Palm Pre 2 phone to access files on your company s servers you ma
44. artist 2 1 Open Amazon MP3 amp 2 Tap Search and enter the song album or artist name 3 Press Enter o 4 Doone of the following Amazon MP3 All Genres ARTISTS 1 Neko Case Neko Case amp Her Boyfriends 2 Neko Case amp The Sadies 3 See all 17 results 4 ALBUMS a Middle Cyclone Downloads e If the item you want appears on the screen tap the song album or artist name Tapping the name of a song plays the preview tapping its price gives you the option to buy it see Preview and buy a song e lf the item you want doesn t appear tap See all total number of 5 results at the bottom of the Artists Albums or Songs section Do any of the following e To view all songs in a certain genre Tap and tap the genre e To view the top 10 new and notable releases Swipe left or right on the New amp Notable album thumbnails e To view the top 100 new releases Tap New releases e To view the top 100 albums Tap Albums e To view the top 100 artists Tap Artists e To view the top 100 songs Tap Songs View artist information Search for see Search for a specific song album or artist or browse to see Browse songs albums artists or genres an artist Tap the artist name Tap the word in the lower right corner of the page Albums or Songs Tap to view any of the following Albums To buy and download an album tap the album price and tap Buy Tap anywhere else on the album entry to view
45. at the bottom and moving halfway up one side until you hear the clasp a release Set up your phone Insert the SIM card and set up your phone Your SIM Subscriber Identity Module card contains information on your wireless account Depending on your wireless service provider this information might include your phone number and voicemail access number You can also store contact information on your SIM card see Use SIM Toolkit To make calls or use your phone s email or web features you need to insert a SIM card If you don t have a SIM card contact your wireless service provider To take advantage of the high speed data connection available on your phone you may need to have a 3G SIM card Check with your wireless service provider for information 3 Repeat step 2 to release the clasp b on the other side of the phone WARNING You must remove the battery first whenever you insert or remove 4 Lift off the back cover the SIM card 1 Press and release the back cover release 16 Chapter 2 Basics 5 To remove the battery Grasp the tab and pull it down and out to lift 6 Insert the SIM card the battery out of the compartment WARNING You must remove the battery first whenever you insert or remove Notch the SIM card 7 Replace the battery Make sure to leave the tab showing at the top of the battery Chapter 2 Basics 17 18 8 Position the back cover over the phone and gently press the top tw
46. calls and set up a six way conference call Use Just Type to make a call by typing your contact s first and last initials You can also work with other applications while on a call Your Pre 2 phone helps you to do all these tasks with ease In this chapter 66 69 70 73 75 76 76 78 78 80 84 Make calls Receive calls Use voicemail What can do during a call What s my number View your call history Work with favorites Save a phone number to Contacts Use a phone headset Customize phone settings Use SIM Toolkit Chapter 5 Phone 65 66 Make calls For information on turning the phone off and back on see Turn the phone on off Wireless Service 10 27 These indicate that the phone is on Chapter 5 Phone Airplane Mode 3 04 Enter name or numbet These indicate that the phone is off airplane mode Dial by contact name using Just Type 1 Display Card view see Display all open applications Card view or open the Launcher see Open an application in the Launcher 2 Begin typing the contact first or last name or initials 3 Tap one of the contact s phone numbers to dial it If only the contact name appears tap the name to display the phone numbers for that contact and tap the number Dial using the onscreen dial pad The onscreen dial pad is useful when you need to dial numbers that are expressed as letters and when you need large brightly lit numbers that you can ta
47. computer but can t see or play them on my phone When you connect your phone to your computer in USB Drive mode you can copy any file onto your phone However each media application on your phone Photos Music and Videos can display or play files in certain file formats only If your media file is in an unsupported format you can t use it on your phone For a list of supported photo types see Photos For a list of supported music file types see Music For a list of supported video file types see Videos When I open the drive folder representing my phone from my computer see subfolders Do need to move my files into these folders The default folders are there to help you organize files you copy to and from your computer But you can copy files from your computer into any folder you want you can create your own folders or just drag your files to the top level of the drive As long as the file is in a supported format your phone can detect and open it NOTE If you move a music file into the ringtones folder the Music application cannot find it can t find the Media Sync button The webOS platform no longer supports Media Sync mode If you transferred media files to your phone using media sync you can still view or play the files on your phone However some videos may not display a thumbnail image in the videos list and album art may not be displayed To get the files to appear with thumbnail image
48. connections Create a bookmark Open the page you want to bookmark Open the application menu and tap Add Bookmark Enter any of the following Icon Tap the currently displayed bookmark icon Then tap hold and drag the web page to use a different portion of the page as the bookmark icon You can zoom into or out of the page while selecting the portion you want to use The portion that appears in the white square is used as the icon If you add the bookmark to the Launcher the icon is used as the Launcher icon Tap Done Title See Text selection gestures for useful gestures if you want to edit the bookmark title URL Enter or edit the URL for the bookmark For example change the URL to the home page of a site instead of a drill down page within the site Tap Add Bookmark The first 12 bookmarks you create become thumbnails on the start page of the Web app NOTE Web bookmarks are part of the data backed up to your Palm profile After a partial or full erase a bookmark is restored with a generic thumbnail icon After you revisit the page for which you created the bookmark the original thumbnail icon is restored Open a bookmarked page Do one of the following e From the start page when you open the browser Tap a thumbnail e To open a bookmark if it s not on the start page or after you navigate away from the start page Open the application menu and tap Bookmarks Then tap a bookmark Bookmarks
49. detailed album information Songs To buy and download a song tap the song price and tap Buy Tap anywhere else on the song entry to preview the song If you tap Buy enter your email address and password and tap Sign In To purchase songs without needing to enter your password each time turn on Enable 1 Click Browse songs albums artists or genres 1 Open Amazon MP3 amp IMPORTANT When you are signed in to your Amazon MP3 account your credit card is charged for the price of an item as soon as you tap Buy 156 Chapter 8 Photos videos and music View album information and buy an album BEFORE YOU BEGIN Before you download an album to your phone make sure you have enough storage space on your phone to fit the files Open Device Info and look at the Available field under Phone 1 Search for see Search for a specific song album or artist or browse to see Browse songs albums artists or genres an album and tap the album name 2 To preview a song tap anywhere on the song entry except the price 3 Do either of the following e Tap the album price and tap Buy e Tap a song price and tap Buy 4 Enter your email address and password and tap Sign In To purchase songs without needing to enter your password each time turn on Enable 1 Click IMPORTANT When you are signed in to your Amazon MP3 account your credit card is charged for the price of an item as soon as you tap Buy Preview and b
50. double click the drive representing your phone and delete the files or folders 5 End the connection safely if you do not eject safely your phone resets when you disconnect the USB cable On a Windows computer right click the drive representing your phone and click Eject On a Mac computer from your desktop drag the drive representing your phone to the Trash Trash changes to Eject 6 Disconnect the USB cable from the computer and the phone when the USB drive screen is no longer displayed on your phone Copy music photos and videos using third party software Besides using USB Drive mode to copy your photos videos and DRM free music from your computer to your phone you can also use solutions available from third party software developers sold separately that facilitate the transfer of media files to your phone For more information open the browser on your computer and go to palm com sync solutions KEY TERM DRM free Describes a file that is not protected by Digital Rights Management DRM free files can be copied as many times as you like and can be played on your Pre 2 phone Overview Get your personal data onto your phone Your personal data consists of the following e Your contact list names phone numbers street and email addresses e Your calendar events e Your tasks to do list e Your memos notes On your computer you typically store such personal data in organizer software like Microsoft Outlook Pa
51. e Try the suggestions in Signal strength is weak for weak signals e Turn off your phone and turn it on again by turning airplane mode on and off see Turn the phone on off e Restart your phone see Restart your phone see five bars in the signal strength icon but still can t connect to the network The signal strength icon always displays five bars Your signal strength is indicated by the number of bars that are shaded white If most or all of the bars are gray you are in an area of weak or no coverage The person on the other end of the line hears an echo e Try decreasing the volume on your phone whether you are using the speaker or the earpiece to avoid coupling or feedback on the other person s end e Position the earpiece closer to your ear to prevent sound leaking back into the microphone e f you re using the speakerphone feature with your phone lying on a flat surface try turning the phone face down screen facing the surface hear my own voice echo Ask the person on the other end of the call to turn down the volume on his or her phone or to hold the phone closer to his or her ear My voice is too quiet on the other end e Be sure to position the microphone which is on the lower left side of the gesture area close to your mouth Make sure you are not covering the microphone with your cheek or chin e Check the signal strength icon If the signal is weak try to find an area with better coverage
52. enter at least two letters before contact matches are returned Camera Here are some tips for taking good pictures with the camera e Clean the camera s lens with a soft lint free cloth e Take pictures in bright lighting conditions Low light images may be grainy due to the sensitivity of the camera e Hold the phone as still as possible Try supporting your picture taking arm up against your body or a stationary object such as a wall e Keep the subject of the pictures still Exposure time is longer with lower light levels so you may see a blur e For best results verify that you have the brightest light source coming from behind you lighting the subject s face Avoid taking indoor pictures with the subject in front of a window or light If the light is behind the subject try moving closer to the subject and enabling the flash e Make sure the subject is at least 0 5 meter away from the camera to ensure good focus e If you take a picture when the keyboard is slid out press Space Gp to take the picture instead of tapping the onscreen shutter icon Photos Videos and Music cannot see the album art for my music files or the thumbnail images for my videos The webOS platform no longer supports Media Sync mode which was used to transfer photos videos and music from iTunes to your phone If you Chapter 12 Troubleshooting 221 222 transferred media files to your phone using media sync you can still view or
53. for the first time For any account you need to enter the settings in only one of these applications to synchronize data for all three You can add additional accounts at any time using the preferences in any of these applications see Set email preferences Customize Contacts or Customize Calendar You can also set up the Messaging application to work with an online instant messaging IM account see Set up an instant messaging IM account and the Photos application to work with an online pictures account such as Facebook or Photobucket see Set up an online pictures account on your phone See Online accounts available for Palm webOS phones for the current list of default online accounts that synchronize your info and those that do a one way transfer of info either from the web to your phone or from your phone to the web NOTE Ifyou are setting up your phone for the first time and uploading a large number of contacts or calendar events to an online account from your phone you may not see all your data in the account online right away Some online account providers such as Google set limits on the amount of data that a user can import in a given time frame Chapter 12 Troubleshooting 215 216 don t want to sync calendar or contact information with my online account just email For most online account providers that sync with more than one app for example Google if you do not want to sync an application
54. free device Bluetooth range is up to 10 meters in optimum environmental conditions which include the absence of obstacles radio interference from nearby electronic equipment and other factors e You are away from other devices using the 2 4GHz radio frequency such as cordless phones and microwaves If this is impossible move the phone closer to the hands free device e The hands free device is compatible with your phone Go to palm com support to see a list of supported devices lost the connection between my phone and my Bluetooth headset If your headset isn t working delete the existing pairing see Delete a device and create a new one see Set up and use a Bluetooth hands free device hear static or interference when using my hands free device e Try moving your phone closer to the hands free device Audio quality degrades as the distance between your phone and the hands free device increases The effective range for a hands free device varies among manufacturers e Confirm that no obstructions including your body are between the phone and your hands free device e Move to a quieter location to reduce environmental noise Some features of my hands free device don t work with my phone e Check the compatibility list at palm com support to ensure that your device is compatible with your Pre 2 phone e Not all hands free features work with every hands free device Check the documentation that came with your han
55. from your system VENG administrator VPN SERV j e VPN server name Enter server name e Username and password e Security token or other password 1 Open VPN 8 2 Tap Add Profile 3 Tap the Connection Type field and tap Cisco AnyConnect k ud 4 Tap Enter server name and enter the server name Add A Profile 5 Tap Next CONNECTION TYP e o i o gt 6 Enter the information you got from your system administrator Cisco ANYCONNEEE I sea NOTE Dead Peer Detection When selected if no VPN traffic is received for five Enter scab Sige kL minutes the client checks to see if the VPN server is still available NOTE Encryption Method Tap an encryption method Secure forces the client to use more secure AES or 3DES algorithms Weak allows the weaker 1DES algorithm Strong encryption may still be used depending on what the VPN server decides None enables no encryption Encryption is not disabled and may still be a y used depending on the VPN server With the None option the VPN profile is simply allowed to use no encryption 4 Tap Enter server name and enter the server name 7 Tap Connect 5 Tap Next 8 If required enter your security token or other password and tap Done Chapter 9 Web and wireless connections 167 6 If required tap Agree to accept the Cisco license agreement Tap Edit a profile to view the full agreement nap l 1 Do one of the following 7 Enter your login information and tap C
56. have enough charge you must charge the battery before you can download or install an update Chapter 2 Basics To avoid roaming charges updates are not downloaded if your phone is in roaming coverage If you do not install an update immediately after downloading it you are prompted to install the update the next time you charge your phone You can choose whether to install the update now or later You have ten minutes to decide otherwise the update installs automatically Manually check for system updates Open System Updates Preferences 10 21 System Updates Checking for updates k ud 2 Ifa message appears stating that a system update is available do the following Preferences 10 22 36 all i Palm webOS Update Palm webOS x x is now available It s about xMB We ll download it over the next couple of days when your phone is idle and a high speed network is available You ll be notified when the update is ready to install Download now a e Tap Download Now e When prompted tap Install Now e After installation has finished and the phone resets tap Done NOTE Applications you installed on your old Palm OS by ACCESS or Windows Mobile smartphone do not work on your Pre 2 phone because your Pre 2 phone uses the new Palm webOS platform Check App Catalog for a new version of your old favorites IMPORTANT Do not remove the battery while updates are being installed Use App Cat
57. information as needed and tap Submit e Delete the account information from your phone Tap Remove Account Chapter 2 Basics 49 50 Chapter 2 Basics Just Type With Just Type you can turn on your phone and just start typing that s all you have to do to start a search and get stuff done Then just tap to act on a search result For example typing just two letters can find a contact then all you have to do is tap the number to make a call Not only can you search for contacts you can also find email messages and web pages you visited You can open applications by typing a letter or two type B and then tap to open Bluetooth Want to send an email message Just start typing the message and then pick the Email app to send it In this chapter 92 52 53 54 54 56 Get in touch with a contact Search the web Find information in an application on your phone Create a new item such as a message or memo Open an application Customize Just Type Chapter 3 Just Type Si ae Get in touch with a contact Open Card view see Display all open applications Card view or the Launcher see Open an application in the Launcher Begin typing the contact s first and last initials no space first or last name or email address Launcher CONTACTS Calvin Lee 510 555 1289 MOBILE clee company com Add Reminder When the contact name appears do one of the following If only the contact name is di
58. landscape mode 171 220 landscape view 142 language 198 Launch amp Search 53 56 Launcher 227 backup summary 191 contacts in 117 defined 228 emails from 91 94 Facebook status 137 gesture 29 icons 33 117 171 memos from 133 messages from 100 pages 13 29 33 web pages in 171 layered calendars 122 learned words 37 light in gesture area 23 38 lighted dial pad 66 linked contacts 99 110 228 LinkedIn accounts availability 60 231 contacts synchronization 112 deleting from 118 List Order option 119 lists scrolling in 24 selecting items in 38 sorting items in 131 local area network See LAN location information 124 168 See also maps Location Services 168 170 191 lock icon 170 login settings 90 128 login settings for 90 lost devices 163 190 193 lowercase letters 34 M MAV files 149 Mac computers data transfer from 62 207 phone drive 58 144 155 202 machinery operating 241 manual backup 193 194 manual message retrieval 92 manual setup email accounts 88 89 network settings 83 manual synchronization 120 128 manual updates 44 48 maps 118 124 175 220 Mark all completed incomplete command 132 Mark as read unread command 95 media files 222 225 Media Sync mode 221 222 medical devices 241 meeting invitations See meeting requests meeting participants 127 meeting requests 97 127 memory 204 217 225 234 Index 291 Loz memos 133 134 backup summary 190 191 creating 54 exporting 207 M
59. of the screen Enter the page number you want and press Enter o e To move a part of the current page to the center of the display Tap and hold on the part of the page you want and drag it to the center Chapter 10 Documents 185 Change the text display size Save a file with a new name For information on zooming in and out see Zoom gestures 1 With the file open open the application menu and tap Save As e Pinch out to enlarge items onscreen PDF View e Pinch in to decrease the size of items onscreen i e Double tap the screen to zoom in or out a specified amount Find text in a file 1 Witha file open open the application menu and tap Find oie F r y Y The Carne may caniin goiana di tre bibatng epah Sanch saand orandi gadar the terres of Poa GRJ ya Girne Pulei Lierse OPL buroo kiu set tret Letra res my ss bred er Cs iene s m pma ere lne mi re tyne sheer see nf ree OP a a SA yee hee o a en ww a aan Baap mis Kese peek I pd See hi ie rp dem p paa e ae Pa n ah man Am a irad aan IUR j Alae Dre ae eee pas s ki Cancel Se aS 2 Enter the new file name and tap Save As GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE GPL AI CEMEMAL PUBLIC LICENSE Werin Z Jare 1977 ee eee ia my Aerm an m ye gt ya r ae aed Sa a Share a file GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR chloe hase Liars ae aah a Sashes nS ee E 1 With the file open open the applicat
60. one as wallpaper You can also look at pictures on the web directly in the web browser see Web Chapter 8 Photos videos and music 143 Organize your pictures into albums The Photos app organizes the pictures you take or add to your phone into predefined albums The following table tells you where to find your photos both in the Photos app and in your phone s USB Drive storage Table 2 Photo locations 1 Connect your phone and your computer using the USB cable 2 On your phone tap USB Drive If prompted tap OK On your computer your phone appears as a removable drive Origin of photos Album in Photos Folder in USB storage NOTE On a Windows computer if the Found New Hardware wizard opens click Cancel to close the wizard Email MMS Downloads downloads Root level of USB storage Copied from computer Miscellaneous Camera on phone Photo roll DCIM gt 100PALM Phone Screen captures screencaptures Phone Wallpapers wallpapers Copied from elsewhere Folder created by you Folder created by you in USB storage containing at least one BMP JPG or PNG You can use any photo in any album in Photos as wallpaper see Save a picture as wallpaper The photo does not have to be in the Wallpapers album You can assign any pictures on your phone to one of these albums or to an album you create To create and assign pictures to albums you must put your phone into USB Drive mode You then create the albums
61. organize In this chapter your personal information and keep it with you wherever you go 110 Contacts 121 Calendar All your personal information is backed up and kept 1299 Tasks private either in your Palm profile or in one of your B3 Memo online accounts 135 Clock 136 Calculator 136 Facebook Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 109 Contacts How do add names and other info into Contacts You have a few options for getting info into Contacts Connect to an online address book If you have an address book in an online account that works with the Palm Synergy feature for example Google or Microsoft Exchange you can set up Contacts on your phone to synchronize and display contacts that you store in the online address book Set up synchronization the first time you open Contacts see Use Contacts for the first time or anytime after that see Customize Contacts and Use the Accounts application to set up an online account After you set up the connection to the online address book contacts you enter online show up automatically in Contacts and contacts you enter on your phone sync to the online account provided the account allows writing from the phone to the online account The Synergy feature makes it easy to synchronize exactly the data you want from an online account e If you want to sync all your data from an account set up the account directly in Email Contacts or Calendar By setti
62. page appears to the right of the page that was displayed when you opened the menu Reorder Launcher pages 1 Z Open the Launcher Scroll to the page you want to move Open the application menu and tap Reorder Launcher Page This reduces the Launcher pages to a series of cards Drag the page to its new location and release Rename a Launcher page 1 2 Open the Launcher Scroll to the page you want to rename Tap and hold the current name When the current name is highlighted enter a new name Tap outside the field or press Enter QJ to accept the new name Chapter 2 Basics 33 34 Delete a Launcher page Before you delete a Launcher page you must remove all the icons from page as described here You can t delete a page displaying any icons 1 Open the Launcher 2 Scroll to the page you want to delete 3 Move the icons that appear to another Launcher page see Reorder Launcher icons or delete the icons for applications you installed see Delete an application 4 Tap x in the center of the empty page Delete an application You can delete applications that you installed on your phone 1 While pressing and holding Option p tap the app icon 2 Tap Delete TIP You can also delete an application you installed by opening the Launcher opening the application menu and tapping List Apps On the list of applications tap and hold an app name or throw the app off the side of the screen and then
63. ringtone for your phone The ringtone you select here applies globally to all incoming calls You can also set a unique ringtone for a contact see Add a ringtone to a contact 1 Open Sounds amp Ringtones 2 Tap the displayed ringtone 3 Tap 4 Tap the song title to add it as your ringtone Tap to the right of a song title to preview it 5 Make the back gesture to return to your list of ringtones Chapter 11 Preferences 201 202 6 7 Tap the song title to add it as your ringtone To set the ringtone volume drag the Ringtone Volume slider Download a ringtone You can copy or download music a sound or a ringtone to use as a ringtone on your phone Supported file types are MP3 AAC AAC AMR QCELP and WAV 1 Identify a file on your computer to use as a ringtone on your phone 2 Connect your phone to your computer using the USB cable 3 On your phone tap USB Drive On your computer your phone appears as a removable drive 4 Open My Computer Windows XP Computer Windows Vista Windows 7 or the Finder Mac double click the drive representing your phone and drag and drop files to the ringtones folder on your phone 5 Ona Windows computer to end the connection safely right click the drive representing your phone and click Eject On a Mac computer from your desktop drag the drive representing your phone to the Trash Trash changes to Eject 6 Disconnect the USB cable from the compu
64. s metal connectors or battery contacts Description of ESD Static electricity is an electrical charge caused by the buildup of excess electrons on the surface of a material To most people static electricity and ESD are nothing more than annoyances For example after walking over a carpet while scuffing your feet building up electrons on your body you may get a shock the discharge event when you touch a metal doorknob This little shock discharges the built up static electricity Regulatory and Safety Information 243 244 ESD susceptible equipment Even a small amount of ESD can harm circuitry so when working with electronic devices take measures to help protect your electronic devices including your Palm phone from ESD harm While Palm has built protections against ESD into its products ESD unfortunately exists and unless neutralized could build up to levels that could harm your equipment Any electronic device that contains an external entry point for plugging in anything from cables to docking stations is susceptible to entry of ESD Devices that you carry with you such as your device build up ESD in a unique way because the static electricity that may have built up on your body is automatically passed to the device Then when the device is connected to another device such as a docking station a discharge event can occur Precautions against ESD Make sure to discharge any built up static electricity from yourself and y
65. screen to view other pictures you took Photos 1 Open Photos amp 2 Tap the album containing the picture and tap the thumbnail of the picture The Photo roll album contains pictures you took with your Look at pictures phone s camera To get pictures on the phone you can do any of the following Photos e Take a picture with your phone s camera see Take a picture Photo roll e Copy pictures from your computer see Copy files between your phone and your computer Receive pictures as email attachments see Open email attachments Receive pictures as part of a multimedia message see Receive and view text and multimedia messages Copy a picture from a web page see Copy a picture from a web page Wallpapers The following table shows you the photo formats that you can see on your phone and the apps you can see them in Table 1 Photo formats viewable on webOS phones Photo format View in Photos Download from Download from Email MMS l 3 Swipe left or right on the screen to look at other pictures in the album BMP V V GIF y ine Note 4 To find photos you take on your phone connect your phone and your computer using the USB cable and tap USB Drive on your phone On JPG y V y your computer click the drive representing your phone click DCIM PNG N N and then click 100PALM NOTE You can download and look at GIFs in Email and they are saved to USB storage but you can t look at GIFs in Photos or use
66. see Signal strength is weak hear static or interference Check the signal strength icon If the signal is weak try to find an area with better coverage see Signal strength is weak If you re using a hands free device enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology try the following e Move your phone closer to the hands free device Audio quality degrades as the distance between your phone and the hands free device increases The effective range for a hands free device varies among manufacturers e Confirm that no obstructions including your body are between the phone and your hands free device For example move your phone to the same side of your body as your hands free device Chapter 12 Troubleshooting 243 214 My phone seems to turn off by itself Your phone has a power saving feature that s set to turn off the screen if it has been idle for one minute You can change the auto shut off interval see Set the interval for turning the screen off automatically If you restart your phone wireless services such as Wi Fi and Bluetooth are automatically turned on if they were on before the restart However if the phone can t determine if a wireless service was on before the restart that service does not automatically turn on see Turn the phone on off If the problem persists and you re using third party applications see Third party applications for additional suggestions am working with a support agent and ne
67. settings for 160 online address books and 110 roaming and 82 timing out 217 transferring files and 144 155 troubleshooting 213 220 TTY TDD devices and 83 VPN profile 168 Wi Fi 161 162 163 connectivity specifications 234 connectors 12 234 contact header 114 contact lists 94 119 contact matches 67 68 80 contacts 110 120 adding 94 102 110 112 backup summary 190 191 car kits and 79 121 default account 120 deleting 118 dialing by 68 99 displaying 71 72 76 103 113 114 115 116 117 editing 113 114 115 116 117 exporting 110 207 Facebook 112 favorite 76 78 116 getting in touch with 118 getting started with 111 Just Type for 52 Launcher icons for 117 linked 110 117 228 LinkedIn 112 phone numbers forr 78 photos for 114 145 preferences for 119 120 reminders for 116 ringtones for 115 201 saving information for 94 102 112 searching 80 113 selecting 70 SIM card and 114 speed dials for 115 synchronizing 110 111 120 122 216 troubleshooting 220 221 unlinking 117 vCards and 110 121 Contacts application 110 120 191 continuous burst mode 142 conversations 98 100 103 See also instant messages Conversations view 98 100 103 cookies 175 192 Copy All option 39 copying calendars 61 contacts 61 email messages 95 files 58 59 222 folders 58 messages 103 ringtones 58 text 38 corporate accounts 87 88 216 coupling 213 coverage areas 160 213 creating albums 14
68. store your contacts you can use a third party solution sold separately to sync your contacts directly with your computer see Sync your desktop organizer and your phone or to go palm com sync solutions Export contacts from desktop software or an old phone When you export contacts from desktop software or an old phone you select which account to assign those contacts to Look for those contacts in the account you select see Transfer data from an old phone and Export data from a desktop organizer on your computer Download vCard info to Contacts A vCard is a file type made especially for contact info A vCard may contain one or many contact entries A vCard can be attached to an email or a multimedia message and you can download the info in a vCard to your Contacts app See Receive vCards Linked contacts The Synergy feature automatically links contacts from different accounts if it finds data in common between them For example if you have a contact in Exchange and in Google for Emily Weeks your phone links the contacts so that all of Emily s info shows up on a single contact screen You need to open just one view to see all of Emily s info The actual data remains separate in the various accounts where you originally created the data it s just assembled in one view on your phone for your convenience How can you tell if a contact is linked Look in the upper right corner of the contact screen If you see a number beside the p
69. switch is off To turn ascending volume on off Open the application menu and tap Preferences Tap Yes No to turn Ascending volume off on Set an alarm BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure ringtone volume is on and you can hear it and make sure the preference to play the alarm even when the ringer switch is off is set to Play Alarm see Manage Clock That way you can sleep through the night without being disturbed by phone calls but your alarm still wakes you up in the morning Open Clock EJ Tap the screen if 8 is not visible Tap J and then tap Fi Set the following options Alarm Preferences Tap Off in the upper right corner to switch the alarm from Off to On When the alarm is on the alarm icon a bell appears in the lower right corner of the phone screen Tap the icon to see alarm details Name Enter a name for the alarm Occurs Tap to select the alarm frequency Time Tap to set hour minute and AM PM for the alarm Sound Tap to open the list of ringtones and then tap the name of a ringtone Tap amp to preview it If you have music on your phone you can select a song as your alarm sound see Select a song as a ringtone Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 135 136 TIP When you set an alarm you can adjust the alarm volume by pressing the volume button on the side of the phone This also sets the ringtone volume for incoming calls Adjusting the Ringtone Volume slider in the
70. tap Delete Chapter 2 Basics Enter and save information Use the keyboard lm F Qw r A e 1 Option Press to enter numbers punctuation and symbols that appear above the letters on the keys see Enter alternate keyboard characters or to move the cursor see Text selection gestures Shift See Enter uppercase letters and Text selection gestures Space Backspace ah W N Enter Press to enter a line return for example in a memo or in an email message you are composing or to accept information you entered in a field see Enter information in a field 6 Sym See Enter characters from the symbols table Enter uppercase letters By default the first letter of each sentence or field is capitalized and the remaining text you enter is lowercase To enter other uppercase letters do one of the following Press Shift and press the letter key The Shift symbol appears You don t need to hold down Shift while you press the letter key e Turn on Caps Lock Press Shift twice The Caps Lock symbol appears Turn off Caps Lock Press Enter alternate keyboard characters Numbers punctuation and symbols appear above the letters on the keys To enter these characters do one of the following e Press Option OD and press the key for the character The alternate character symbol appears You don t need to hold down Option while pressing the second key e Enter a series of alterna
71. the AC charger into a working outlet TIP You can also charge your phone battery by connecting your phone to your computer using the USB cable Charging this way takes much longer than using the AC charger Do not however connect the Palm Touchstone charging dock sold separately to your computer Maximizing battery life Battery life depends on how you use your phone You can maximize the life of your battery by following a few easy guidelines e Charge your phone whenever you can Charge it overnight e Set your screen to turn off automatically after a shorter period of inactivity see Set the interval for turning the screen off automatically e Keep your battery away from direct sunlight and other sources of heat Temperatures over 45 degrees Celsius can permanently reduce the capacity and life span of any lithium ion battery e As with any mobile phone if you are in an area with no wireless coverage your phone continues to search for a signal which consumes power Turn off your phone if you are outside a coverage area see Turn wireless services off airplane mode If you set up an email account in the Email application set the interval to automatically download email to every two hours or less frequently see Enter advanced account settings e Lower the screen brightness see Change screen brightness e Use a Wi Fi connection to download system updates and applications from App Catalog see Update the Palm
72. the currently displayed number from memory Facebook The Facebook app allows you to update your status view and respond to friends comments upload photos and more Install Facebook To get to the News page from any other page or to get back to the top of the news feed tap Facebook at the top of the page BEFORE YOU BEGIN To use Facebook on your phone you must already have a Facebook account TIP When you are signed in to your Facebook account you can update your status directly from the Launcher or Card view Start typing your status update 1 Open App Catalog F and under Quick Actions tap New Message The Facebook app opens with your message in the update field Tap Update 2 Type Facebook in the search field 3 Tap Facebook Comment on a friend s news item or photo 4 Tap Download for free 1 Open Facebook fi Update your status 2 Doany of the following 1 Open Facebook K To comment on a new item Tap the news item or i enter your comment at the bottom of the screen and then tap 2 On the Facebook News page do one of the following e To show that you like a news item Tap the news item or G and tap amp e Begin typing your status and then tap Update To comment on a photo Tap the photo and tap QJ Enter your e Tap What s on your mind enter your status and then tap Update comment and then tap Facebook View your friends information Lo jean anybody play
73. the phone or its accessory If your phone or its accessory has been submerged in water punctured or subjected to a severe fall do not use it until you have taken it to be checked at an authorized service center Interference in cars and to other Electronic Devices Please note that because of possible interference to electronic equipment some vehicle manufacturers forbid the use of mobile phones in their vehicles unless a hands free kit with an external antenna is included in the installation RF energy may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic operating and entertainment systems in motor vehicles Check with the manufacturer or representative to determine if these systems are adequately shielded from external RF energy Also check with the manufacturer of any equipment that has been added to the vehicle Driving Safety Driving Safety Tips Overview Always obey all laws and regulations on the use of the phone in your driving area Safety Your most important call The Wireless Industry reminds you to use your phone safely when driving 1 Get to know your phone and its features such as speed dial and redial 2 Use a hands free device where it is allowed In some areas you may not use your phone while driving even with a hands free accessory 3 Position your phone within easy reach 4 Let the person you are speaking to know you are driving if necessary suspend the call in heavy traffic or hazardous weather conditio
74. the provider Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information Manually synchronize Contacts with your online accounts If you want to get contacts from an online account on your phone immediately or upload contacts from your phone to the online account you can do a manual sync This synchronizes Contacts with all the accounts you have set up on your phone and it syncs all other apps associated with all online accounts that you selected for synchronization 1 Open Contacts 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Tap Syne Now Stop synchronization of Contacts with an online account If you synchronize contacts with an online account deleting the account from Contacts stops synchronization of contacts only if you also sync email or calendar events with that online account those continue to synchronize Deleting the account from Contacts also deletes the associated contact entries from your phone only The entries are not deleted from the online account 1 Open Contacts 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Tap the account name 4 Tap Remove Account and tap Remove Contact Account To restart synchronization with an account you have deleted from Contacts Open Accounts tap the account name and tap Off beside Contacts to turn synchronization on Send contacts You can send all contacts to a hands free car kit with Bluetooth or send a
75. to enter a short code that contains letters for example to text a vote to a TV poll or to make a donation to a charity Use the keyboard to enter it just press the letter keys and tap the code that appears under Short Code This is not the same as dialing a number that is expressed as letters for example 555 256 PALM To dial a number like this you must use the onscreen dial pad and tap the numbers that correspond to the letters P A L M which would be 7256 Tap the To field and repeat step 3 to enter additional recipients To attach a picture in JPG format to a multimedia message do one of the following e If you did not yet enter the message text tap 2 Tap the album containing the picture you want Tap the picture or tap New Photo and take the picture Tap Attach Photo e If you already entered the message text open the application menu and tap Add File Tap the album containing the picture you want and tap the picture or tap New Photo and take the picture Tap Attach Photo To attach a video you recorded to a multimedia message do one of the following e Before entering the message text Tap and tap jij Tap the album containing the video and tap the video or tap New Video If 7 you tap New Video tap to start recording tap to stop and then tap the new video s date If a video is above the maximum size allowed for sending by multimedia message you can trim the video to an appropriate size see
76. touches like that Also don t bear down Make the tap firmly but lightly See Basic gestures webOS platform The operating system of your Palm Pre 2 phone Key features of the webOS platform include gestures cards merged views and linked contacts Glossary of Terms Online accounts available for Palm webOS phones Table 1 Online accounts available for Palm webOS phones Account Applications that display Relationship between Can edit and add info to Can edit and add data to What happens when data from this account phone and online this account on my this account on the web delete this account from account phone one app Exchange Contacts Calendar Tasks Sync Yes Yes Only info in that app is Email deleted info remains in other apps Facebook Contacts Calendar Contacts Calendar Photos and Videos only Contacts and Calendar Only info in that app is Photos Videos Transfer from web to only deleted info remains in phone other apps Photos Videos Transfer upload from phone to web Google Contacts Calendar Sync Yes Yes Only info in that app is Messaging Email deleted info remains in other apps LinkedIn Contacts Transfer from web to No Yes Only Contacts is affected phone Palm profile Contacts Calendar Tasks Transfer from phone to Yes No All data is deleted from all Memos see Backup for web affected apps see Backup full list of affected info for details Photobucket Pho
77. with that provider s online account you can remove that application from the account using the Accounts application The online account continues to sync with any other related applications 1 Open Accounts 2 Tap the account name 3 To change which applications are associated with the account For each app listed tap On or Off You can also remove an application from online account sync from within the application itself IMPORTANT You cannot remove individual Exchange account applications If you remove your Exchange account from one application sync stops with all your Exchange apps 1 Open the application 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Tap the account name 4 Tap Remove Account and then tap Remove app name Account Chapter 12 Troubleshooting want to sync with Outlook or Palm Desktop software on my computer By default your Pre 2 phone does not support synchronization with Palm Desktop software or Outlook on your desktop computer Your Pre 2 phone however gives you options for synchronization without a cable You can sync with online services that Palm has partnered with so that you can store and sync your info in online accounts You can access your data even when you are not able to make a connection to the web because your data is stored on your phone If you have data from a Palm smartphone in Outlook or Palm Desktop software you can do a one way transfer of
78. writing an email from Card view or the Launcher Start typing a message scroll down the list of search options and tap New Email The Email application opens at a new email message with the text you entered in the body of the message FROM gmadison7256 gmail Name or email address jz Enter Subject 7 4 Optional Tap From to change the email account you are using to send the message This option appears only if you have more than one email account set up on your phone 5 Inthe To field do one of the following to address the message e Enter a contact name initials or email address Tap the email address when it appears When you enter a contact name favorites appear at the top of the search results see Create a favorite e Tap amp J to open the full contact list Tap the contact you want or enter a name or address to narrow the list e Enter the full email address for a recipient who is not a contact TIP To address an email directly from the Launcher or Card view type the email address If the email address is already associated with a contact the contact is displayed Tap the email address A new email is opened with the address in the To field 6 Optional Tap To to open the Cc and Bcc fields and enter an address 7 Optional Repeat steps 5 and 6 to enter additional addresses 8 Enter the subject press Enter o and enter the body text 9 Optional To set the priority fo
79. you have data services enabled Open Phone open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts Under Network make sure Data Usage is set to On If you are in roaming coverage check to see if you have data roaming enabled Open Phone amp amp open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts Under Network tap Data Roaming and tap Enabled Note that additional charges may apply if you enable data roaming Turn off your phone and turn it on again see Turn the phone on off Restart your phone see Restart your phone Contact your wireless service provider to verify that your data plan has been correctly activated Your wireless service provider should also be able to tell you if there are any outages in your location can t access a page 1 Make sure you have Internet access e Open Web and try to view a web page you ve loaded before e To ensure that you re viewing the page directly from the Internet tap e After confirming your Internet connection try to view the page again If it comes up blank tap e If you re still having trouble the page may contain elements that are not supported by the browser such as Shockwave VBScript WML script and other plug ins Chapter 12 Troubleshooting 2 Some websites redirect simple web addresses given to the public to actual web addresses that are more complex for example if you enter the address www palm com support it may actually go to
80. your phone Depending on your email account this folder is called Deleted Items Deleted Trash or something else If you accidentally delete a message you can move it back to the original folder see Move a message to another folder To remove a message from your phone permanently delete it from the deleted items folder To delete all messages from the deleted items folder open the application menu while in the folder tap Empty Trash and then tap Empty Trash again TIP If you change the folder where you store deleted messages for an IMAP account see Enter advanced account settings deleting messages from the folder removes them from your phone Do one of the following e In the message list Throw the message off the side of the screen e In an open message Tap O Add a signature to outgoing messages A signature includes information you want to add to the closing of all your outgoing messages for example your name address and phone numbers your website or a personal motto You can use a different signature for each email account 1 Open Email Chapter 6 Email text multimedia and instant messaging 975 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Tap the account you want 4 Tap the Signature field and enter the signature text To format the text with bold italics or color select the text see Text selection gestures open the application menu and tap Edit gt the opti
81. your username and password for the online calendar account Before you can set up an account on your phone you must already have an account online with the provider Calendar View Options Set the color for events created in that account and show or hide that account in All Calendars view Default Calendar If you create an event in All Calendars view the event is assigned to your default calendar Tap to change the default calendar Manually synchronize Calendar with your online accounts If you want to get calendar events from an online account on your phone immediately or upload events from your phone to the online account if the account allows it you can do a manual sync This synchronizes Calendar with all the accounts you have set up on your phone and it syncs all other apps associated with all online accounts that you selected for synchronization a N Open Calendar Open the application menu and tap Syne Now Stop synchronization of Calendar with an online account 2 If you synchronize calendar events with an online account deleting the account from Calendar stops synchronization of calendar events only if you also sync contacts or email messages with that online account those continue to synchronize Deleting the account from Calendar also deletes any associated events from your phone only The entries are not deleted from the online account 1 Open Calendar 2 Open the application menu and tap
82. 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This phone meets the FCC Radiofrequency Emission Guidelines and is certified with the FCC as FCC ID for UMTS EU O8F ROAY FCC ID for UMTS NA O8F ROAU The FCC ID on your Palm phone is located on a label inside the battery compartment The battery must be removed as shown below to view the label Regulatory and Safety Information 237 238 CAUTION Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Antenna Care Unauthorized Modifications Use only the supplied integral antenna Unauthorized antenna modifications or attachments could damage the unit and may violate FCC regulations Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation The term IC before the equipment certification number only signifies that the Industry Canada technical specifications were met IC 3905A ROAU This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Lutilisation de ce dispositif est autoris e seulement aux conditions suivantes 1 il ne doit pas produire de brouillage et 2 l utilisateur du
83. 182 182 184 power saving feature 214 PPTX files 182 Pre 2 phone See Palm Pre 2 phone phone preferences See customizing prefixes 81 presentations See PowerPoint files previous gesture 199 priorities 91 130 private phone numbers 80 processor specifications 233 profile Facebook 138 profile See Palm Profile punctuation 35 Index Q QCELP files 202 Quick Actions 54 56 133 137 Quick Launch applications in 29 32 33 defined 229 gesture 24 icons 32 33 Quick Tests 196 Quickoffice 182 185 192 R radio frequency 214 237 238 radio specifications 233 rdx 196 197 read emails 95 recharging the battery 20 recording controls 72 recurring events 124 recycling 240 redialing 69 redirectors web pages 220 Regional Settings application 192 198 reinstalling applications 48 reminders See also alarms contacts 116 events 124 127 128 remote diagnostics 196 197 Remove Contacts Account option 120 147 Remove Email Account option 90 Remove flag command 95 renaming devices 178 195 email accounts 90 Launcher pages 33 videos 148 149 reordering bookmarks 173 cards 31 email accounts 97 icons 33 Launcher pages 33 notifications 42 tasks 132 repeating events 124 repetitive motion injuries 241 replying to emails 94 Reply to address option 89 Reset Voicemail Count option 84 resets 196 223 restarts 196 205 212 214 restricted dialing 82 reviews 46 47 ringer switch 15 70 201 ringtones 200 202
84. 212 Palm Pre 2 phone 8 See also phone Palm profile 190 194 about 8 19 Amazon MP3 music and 155 backing up 60 bookmarks and 173 contacts in 110 defined 190 229 erasing data from 193 events and 122 memos and 133 restoring data in 223 settings 193 verifying 18 Palm profile account 60 229 231 Palm Synergy feature See Synergy feature Palm webOS See webOS platform partial erase 223 partnerships See pairing passkeys 177 passphrases hotspot 166 Password is Required field 48 passwords changing 106 194 email 87 email account 90 entering 35 instant messages and 106 PDF files and 185 screens and 200 Secure Unlock 200 Wi Fi 160 pauses in phone numbers 112 PDF files 185 187 192 PDF View 185 187 192 performance 212 personal area network 179 personal data 59 Personal Identification Numbers See PINs personal information 223 phone See also phone calls answering 69 70 74 backing up 190 192 caring for 242 compatible devices for 79 207 215 data services and 218 data transfer to 58 63 110 122 207 dialing 103 115 174 disposing of 240 getting started with 12 headsets 9 78 79 214 icons 14 lost 163 190 193 as modem 179 number for 75 pairing 179 preferences for 80 83 redialing 69 regional settings 198 renaming 195 restarting 195 205 212 214 restricted dialing 82 safety information 79 237 244 setting up 16 18 specifications 233 status 14 stolen 163 190 193 system information about 195 troublesh
85. 234 tests See Quick Tests Interactive Tests text See also information copying cutting 38 display size 183 186 finding 186 formatting 91 96 pasting 38 selecting 26 27 Text Assist application 36 192 text messages 98 103 addressing 100 blocking 103 contact information and 102 103 copying 103 creating 100 101 deleting 103 displaying 102 forwarding 102 links in 152 notifications and 106 phone calls and 69 73 sending 99 100 101 troubleshooting 219 text selection gestures 26 27 text telephones See TTY TDD devices third party applications adding 45 backup summary 192 compatibility 212 data transfer 144 152 freeing internal memory and 225 losing 223 searching for 56 specifications 236 synchronization by 59 63 110 122 216 troubleshooting 224 225 throwing gesture 24 thumbnails 142 221 223 time formats 195 times 194 Tips Help application 9 title bar icons 14 Top view 15 touchscreen 13 23 See also screens Touchstone charging dock 20 traffic information 176 transferring data 58 63 Exchange to phone 62 Facebook to phone 62 Google to phone 62 old phone to new 61 troubleshooting 222 224 trash folder 95 triple toggle 205 troubleshooting 197 204 225 back cover 210 211 battery 207 211 calendars 220 221 camera 221 contacts 220 271 email 216 218 219 hands free devices 213 214 215 memory 225 messaging 219 music 222 notifications 219 performance 212 phones 196 213 214 screen 210 211 synchroni
86. 4 bookmarks 172 contacts 112 emails 54 91 events 123 125 favorites 77 instant messages 104 106 memos 54 133 multimedia messages 100 101 task lists 129 tasks 129 130 credit cards 48 156 CSS 2 1 170 cursors 26 custom messages 106 customer support 10 customizing auto correction dictionary 37 Buddies view 100 Calendar application 128 129 call forwarding 80 call waiting 81 caller ID 80 contact matches 80 Contacts application 119 120 data usage 82 dialing shortcuts 81 email accounts 89 91 Email application 97 Facebook 139 instant messaging accounts 103 106 107 international dialing 81 Just Type 56 network settings 83 notifications 90 106 125 184 phone settings 80 83 restricted dialing 82 roaming 82 shortcuts 37 signatures 95 Text Assist 36 TTY TDD devices 83 voicemail numbers 81 Web browsers 175 Wi Fi connections 163 cutting text 38 D dashboard 140 228 data connection icons 218 Index 247 data roaming 219 data service providers 218 219 data services 218 data transfer 58 63 110 122 144 152 223 See also USB Drive mode third party applications Data Transfer Assistant 61 110 122 228 data usage 83 219 Date amp Time application 191 194 dates 130 194 See also calendars Day view 126 DCIM folder 58 143 144 dead peer detection 167 default accounts calendar 128 contacts 120 email 97 Default Calendar option 128 Default Event Duration option 128 Default Event Reminder option 128 Defa
87. 4 Transferring information from another Palm webOS platform phone 224 Third party applications 225 Making room on your phone Glossary of Terms Online accounts available for Palm webOS phones Specifications Regulatory and Safety Information Index Contents x Contents Welcome Congratulations on the purchase of your Palm Pre 2 In this chapter phone 8 Your Palm Pre 2 phone 9 What s in the box 9 Where can I learn more Chapter 1 Welcome 7 Your Palm Pre 2 phone In one compact and indispensable device you now have all of the following e An advanced wireless phone running the Palm webOS platform e A full suite of organizer applications Contacts Calendar Memos and Tasks e High speed data transfer with 3G UMTS HSDPA and GPRS EDGE support e Wi Fi capability e A 5 megapixel digital camera e GPS functionality e Integrated text multimedia and instant messaging IM e Tools to view and manage Microsoft Office and Adobe PDF files e App Catalog where you can download applications designed for your phone select from an ever expanding list of applications Your Palm Pre 2 phone puts Palm s new multitasking gesture based operating system the Palm webOS platform inside a small beautiful device with a keyboard that you can slide out whenever you need it Here are a few highlights of your new phone Gestures On your Pre 2 phone you make calls move ar
88. 46 friends Facebook 137 Front View 12 frozen phone 196 212 224 full erase 196 223 G GALs See Global Address Lists genres 153 156 Geotag Photos option 169 gesture area 23 228 gestures 8 22 28 See also specific types advanced 199 basic 23 24 scroll 25 text selection 26 27 troubleshooting 212 zoom 25 Get email option 90 GIF files 143 Global Address Lists 68 110 global address search 113 Gmail 86 221 Google accounts availability 60 231 online 60 phone setup 86 110 121 122 synchronization of 62 63 Synergy feature and 8 63 website setup 61 63 Google calendar 86 110 121 221 Google Docs 182 185 Google Earth 169 Google Maps 53 124 175 Google Services 169 170 Google Weather 121 GoogleTalk 103 GPRS data network 14 74 218 GPS 169 170 greetings voicemail 72 H H 263 files 149 H 264 files 149 hands free devices setting up 79 troubleshooting 213 214 215 hard resets See full erase hardware 9 headsets 9 78 79 214 hearing aids 241 hearing loss 241 help 9 54 225 See also troubleshooting Help application 9 hidden phone numbers 80 history 53 76 175 holiday events 124 hospitals 241 hotspots 163 166 battery performance and 163 165 connected devices and 166 passphrases and 166 HSDPA data network 14 74 218 HTML 4 01 170 iCal on Mac 62 63 207 icons airplane mode 14 battery 14 19 bookmark 172 calendar 126 data connection 14 218 data services 218 Google maps 175 hotspots 165
89. 6 preferences for 97 receiving 86 89 92 replying to 94 retrieving 92 161 searching for 53 94 sending 86 91 98 signatures 89 95 sorting 96 synchronizing 86 90 92 110 121 216 troubleshooting 218 219 email accounts 86 91 accessing 86 default 97 deleting 90 login settings 90 multiple 87 88 preferences for 89 91 renaming 90 reordering 97 setting up 86 89 troubleshooting 216 218 219 email addresses changing 194 entering 89 91 saving 94 Email application 86 98 191 email service providers 86 218 219 emergency calls 242 emergency phone numbers 69 emoticons 101 encryption methods 167 erasing data 190 193 196 223 See also deleting ESD safety 243 244 ESMTP authentication 219 Event Location option 124 Event Notes option 125 Event Reminder option 128 events 121 125 alarms and 124 128 all day 125 backup summary 190 191 calendar 121 125 creating 123 125 deleting 126 displaying 125 exporting 122 207 Facebook 139 locations for 124 notifications for 125 reminders for 127 128 repeating 124 saving 124 synchronizing 128 129 Excel files 182 182 184 Exchange ActiveSync accounts availability 60 231 phone synchronization 62 setting up 87 88 synchronization 207 Synergy feature and 8 troubleshooting 216 Exchange servers searching over 68 synchronizing with 216 217 troubleshooting 217 explosive atmospheres 240 exporting data 61 62 110 122 207 See also data transfer exten
90. 6 stacks 32 Static 213 215 status Facebook 137 stereo headsets 79 stop scrolling gesture 25 storage space 58 225 streaming music 153 videos 151 supported file types See file types specific file types swipe gesture 23 229 switching messaging accounts 99 sheets 184 slides 184 views 99 Sym key 13 229 symbols 35 Sync deleted emails option 90 Sync Now option 120 synchronization 215 217 cloud 59 contacts 110 defined 215 desktop organizers 59 63 email 86 90 92 110 121 Exchange accounts 62 Exchange servers 216 217 Facebook accounts 62 123 Google accounts 62 63 manual 128 online accounts for 215 online calendars 110 121 123 128 129 216 Index 255 256 online contacts 110 111 120 122 retrieving information and 8 216 third party 63 110 122 troubleshooting 215 217 Yahoo accounts 62 Synergy feature about 8 calendars 121 contacts 110 121 defined 229 email 86 110 121 Google accounts 8 63 linked contacts 110 merged views 221 Messaging 98 system information 195 system updates 43 45 230 See also updating phone T tap gesture 23 212 230 task lists assigning tasks to 130 creating 129 deleting 133 reordering items in 132 sorting 131 tasks backup summary 190 192 completing 131 132 creating 129 130 deleting 133 displaying 131 Index due dates for 132 editing 131 exporting 207 priorities 132 Tasks application 129 133 192 TDD devices 83 technical support 10 temperature ranges
91. Account and tap the account type Enter your username and password and tap Sign In Enter an account name tap On Off to select other applications you want to synchronize this account with and then tap Done After you sign in return and repeat steps 2 and 3 Upload to online account To rename the video tap the video date or name and enter a new name To add a description tap Description and enter the description Tap Upload Video The icon indicates that the upload is in progress The icon displays when the upload has finished 4 To share a link to a video you uploaded to Facebook Tap i and then tap Share Facebook Link Tap Email or Messaging Watch a video To get videos on your phone you can do any of the following e Record a video see Record a video e Copy videos from your computer see Copy files between your phone and your computer e Receive videos as email attachments see Open email attachments e Receive videos as part of a multimedia message see Receive and view text and multimedia messages You can view DRM free videos that you receive as email attachments or that you copy from your computer in the MPEG 4 H 263 H 264 MP4 MAV 3GP 3GPP 3G2 and 3GP2 formats You can view videos you open in a multimedia message in MP4 format Videos play on your phone in landscape orientation Chapter 8 Photos videos and music 149 KEY TERM DRM free A file that is not protected by Digital Rights Management
92. Bluetooth wireless technology and your wireless service provider s network To open the connection menu drag down from the upper right corner of the phone above the screen onto the screen or tap the upper right corner of the screen See Open the connection menu for details See also application menu and airplane mode Glossary of Terms 227 228 dashboard A list of all your notifications When one or more notification icons appear at the bottom of the screen tap the icons to open the dashboard Tap a dashboard item to act on it See also notification Data Transfer Assistant A tool that enables you to do a one way export of information such as contacts and calendar events from a desktop organizer to your phone See Export data from a desktop organizer on your computer drag A slow movement of your finger on the touchscreen used for example to scroll slowly through a list or move an icon in the Launcher Drag slowly up from the gesture area to display Quick Launch when it s hidden See Basic gestures DRM free file A file that is not protected by Digital Rights Management DRM free files can be copied as many times as you like and can be played on your Pre Plus phone favorite A contact that you identify as someone you want to be able to quickly reach by phone email or text multimedia message Creating a favorite from a contact lets you view and touch base with that contact in just a few taps You can create and manag
93. Calendar no other sound System Sound The system sound plays If the ringer is off the phone vibrates see Manage system sounds and notifications or Wed Mar 11 2009 No Repeat Ringtone A ringtone that you choose plays Mute No sound plays and the phone does not vibrate No Reminder Add a note to an event 1 While creating an event see Create an event tap i to the right of the event name To add a note after creating an event tap the event name in Day view b 2 Tap Event notes and enter the note 3 Enter the event details NOTE Ifa phone number is displayed in an event note as an underlined link you Change the Calendar display can tap the number to make a call This displays the phone dial pad with the number already entered You can change the display of Calendar to show the events from all of your calendars or just the events recorded in one of your calendars You can also change the color of each calendar and whether the calendar view displays one day a week or a month 1 Open Calendar Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 125 126 2 Tapan icon on the bottom of the screen to see different calendar views Table 1 Calendar Views Icon Description Day view m Week view Fn Month view 3 Tap the account icon in the upper right corner to do any of the following e To switch the Calendar account you re viewing Tap All Calendars o
94. Category Description Included Palm webOS applications at time of purchase App Catalog Calculator Calendar Camera Clock Contacts Email Memos Messaging integrated SMS MMS and IM Music PDF View Phone Photos Quickoffice DOC XLS PPT Tasks Videos VPN Web Specifications 299 236 Table 1 Specifications Category Description Included third party applications e Google Maps at time of purchase e YouTube Included configuration and e Accounts preference applications at time of e Backup purchase e Bluetooth e Date amp Time e Device Info e Gesture Tutorial e Help Specifications Location Services Regional Settings Screen amp Lock SIM Toolkit Software Manager Sounds amp Ringtones System Updates Text Assist Wi Fi Regulatory and Safety Information Table 1 Caution icons Description Description Read the Safety Information section of this user guide Do not use hand held while driving For body worn operation maintain a separation of 1 5 cm Small parts may cause a choking hazard This device may produce a loud sound Keep away from pacemakers and other personal medical devices Switch off when instructed in hospitals and medical facilities Switch off when instructed in aircrafts and airports gt PPPDPPP Switch off in explosive environments AAAA A AAAA Do not use while re fuelling This device may produce a bright or f
95. Contacts Calendar and other personal information 131 132 3 Tap My Order in the upper right corner and tap the sort option you want My Order Due Date or Priority My Order 97 Due Date Priority 4 To manually sort tasks tap and hold a task wait for the visual cue and then drag it to a new location in the list see also Check off a task Reorder your tasks You can change the order of a task list or an individual task e Tap and hold the list or task name wait for the visual cue and drag the item to another position Set due dates for all tasks in a list 1 Open Tasks 2 Tap the list containing the tasks Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 3 Open the application menu and tap Set Due Date For All Set Due Date For All sul 30 2010 Set Due Date Cancel 4 Tap the month date and year and then tap Set Due Date 5 To remove a previously assigned due date tap No Due Date Mark all tasks in a list completed incomplete 1 Open Tasks amp 2 Tap the list containing the tasks 3 Open the application menu and tap Mark All and tap Mark All Completed Mark All Incomplete Hide or delete all completed tasks in a list Create a memo 1 Open Tasks EZ 1 Open Memos _ 2 Tap the list containing the tasks Memos 3 Open the application menu 4 Doone of the following e To hide completed tasks Tap Hide Completed e To delete completed tasks Ta
96. DF file find it in PDF View and if it s an MP3 file find it in Music Customize web browser settings 1 Open Web 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences Choose your preferred search engine tor the browser and launcher web search Block Popups Accept Cookies JavaScript Clear History h 3 Set any of the following Default Web Search Engine Select your default search engine Block Popups Prevents websites from opening up new browser windows Tap Yes to turn Block Popups off Accept Cookies Allows cookies from any website you view even if you are redirected to a site from another site Tap Yes to turn Accept Cookies off JavaScript Tap On to turn off JavaScript Turning off JavaScript may prevent some websites from functioning properly Clear History Tap to delete your browsing history Clear Cookies Tap to delete cookies used by some websites to remember visiting history and user settings Clear Cache Tap to delete any web page content that has been stored in the local cache This ensures that you are viewing the most current content when you visit a web page Google Maps 1 Open Google Maps 2 Tap Menu in the lower right corner Google Maps a Google In Google Maps use these icons to do the following Table 1 Google maps icons Icon Description Q Search Map Search for a location Get Directions Get directions Map In Satellite v
97. Edit videos you recorded After entering the message text Open the application menu tap Add File and tap ij Tap the album containing the video and tap the video or tap New Video If you tap New Video tap to start recording tap to stop and then tap the new video s date If a video is above the maximum size allowed for sending by multimedia message you can trim the video to an appropriate size see Edit videos you recorded Enter the message text and tap TIP You can include emoticons in your message see Use emoticons in a message TIP You can also send a contact entry as part of a multimedia message Do this in the Contacts app see Send contacts Messaging 555 555 7592 Sure What s the plan Enter message here Use emoticons in a message To include an emoticon in a text multimedia or IM message type in a keyboard character combination for that emoticon Most emoticons can be created by more than one combination After you send the message the emoticon image appears in the conversation on your phone and on the recipient s phone as long as the receiving IM application supports the image This table shows the emoticons that are supported on your phone NOTE Emoticon combinations that use words such as cool or cry are not supported in most messaging applications Emoticons created using these combinations may not appear correctly on the recipient s phone Table 1
98. For example if you have contact info for Emily Weeks in Google Facebook Microsoft Exchange and your Palm profile account go ahead and link all four contacts into a linked contact But don t link Emily s contact info with her sister Allison s 1 Open Contacts 2 Search for a contact see Find a contact and tap the contact name 3 Inthe open entry tap the contact name in the header and tap Link more profiles Bonnie Frank 9 Bonnie Frank a e aT en 555 555 8314 w MOBILE SSS OS OS bfrank7256 gmail com HOME franklybon AIM o d 4 Search for the contact see Find a contact and tap it to link the two contacts 5 Optional After you create the link you can ensure that the linked contact appears in your Contacts list under the name you re most likely to recognize and not say under a person s IM screen name which can be unrelated to their real name To do this tap the contact name you want to appear and tap Set As Primary Profile Unlink a contact 1 Open Contacts 2 Search for a contact see Find a contact and tap the contact name 3 Tap the contact name in the header and tap the contact you want to unlink 4 Tap Unlink This Profile Add a contact entry to the Launcher Add your favorite contacts to the Launcher so you can open them directly from that location 1 Open Contacts 2 Search for a contact see Find a cont
99. Martha Campbell 194 Chapter 11 Preferences Edit any of the following First Name Last Name Change the first name and or last name associated with your Palm profile Email Change the email address associated with your Palm profile A verification email is sent to the new address Click the link in the email to verify the new address After you verify the email address is changed Security Question Answer Tap the current question and tap a new one Then tap Answer and enter an answer Change Password Tap Change Password Enter your new password and confirm it Tap Done Date amp Time You can set your phone to adjust the date and time automatically to the local date and time wherever you are or you can turn this feature off and enter this information manually Open Date amp Time Preferences 11 32 3G all D Q Bate amp Time eq aT 3 D a or MAT 12 a p l Network time CD February 8 2010 11 32 PM n a _ Network time zone Cd k d Set any of the following Time Format Set whether to use a 12 hour or a 24 hour format Network time Network time is set by your wireless service provider s network Tap On or Off If you turn this option off select the date and time If you switch from manual time to network time there might be a delay before the network time updates on your phone Network time zone Tap On or Off If you turn this option off tap the city that appears onscreen
100. Phone See all your favorites by tapping on the dial pad In your call history list calls to and from favorites are noted by a star If you enter a contact name to call a contact matching favorites appear at the top of the search results list and are noted by a star If your wireless service provider supports visual voicemail visual voicemail messages from favorites are noted by a star also see Use visual voicemail Contacts See all your favorites by tapping Favorites on the contacts list screen On your complete contacts list favorites are noted by a star Just Type When you enter a search term matching favorites appear at the top of the contacts search results and are noted by a star Email and Messaging When you begin typing a contact name to address a message matching favorites appear grouped at the top of the search results list and are noted by a star You can create and manage favorites in Contacts see Create a favorite and on two screens in Phone the Favorites screen see Create a favorite and your call history see View your call history If your wireless service provider Chapter 2 Basics supports visual voicemail you can also create favorites on the visual voicemail screen see Use visual voicemail Manage online accounts An online account is a web based or server based location such as Google Yahoo or Exchange where you keep contacts and or calendar information Such web based or server based accounts a
101. Sounds amp Ringtones app is the same as using the volume button on the side of the phone When an alarm sounds on your phone tap Dismiss to stop it or Snooze to have it sound again in five minutes NOTE Alarms don t sound after you shut down your phone by pressing and holding power and tapping Power gt Shut Down Swap Battery gt Shut Down Cancel an alarm When an alarm is canceled it remains in the Clock app but it won t sound again until you turn it back on 1 Open Clock EJ 2 Tap KY and then tap On to switch the alarm from on to Off Change the alarm volume 1 Open Sounds amp Ringtones 2 Tap hold and drag the Ringtone Volume slider Delete an alarm 1 Open Clock EJ 2 Tap KY and then tap the alarm name 3 Tap O Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information Calculator Use Calculator for addition subtraction multiplication and division and also for determining percent and square root You can enter numbers in Calculator using either the onscreen keypad or the phone s keyboard Perform calculations 1 Open Calculator 2 Enter numbers and perform calculations NOTE Press the space bar to access additional operations Calculator buttons Table 2 Calculator buttons Button Description FA Clear the current calculation or displayed number Add the currently displayed number to memory MA Display the memory Clear the memory F Subtract
102. To go to a web address Tap it e To share a link to a web site Press and hold Option Q and tap the link Then tap Share Link e To copy a link to a web site Press and hold Option Q and tap the link Then tap Copy URL 6 Tap fi or BR in the subject line to view the previous or next message 7 Toview messages for another account make the back gesture see Go up one level in an app back gesture to return to the account list and tap the account name Open email attachments You can receive any kind of file sent to you in email but you can open an attachment only if your phone has an application that can open the file type e To open a single attachment Tap the attachment name to download the attachment If the attachment is a supported file type MP3 PDF DOC XLS PPT GIF or JPG it opens automatically To play an MP3 file tap i Jap H to pause e To open multiple attachments Tap the list of attachment names to view the attachments and tap an attachment name to open the file Steven Grayson Ju by 2099 19 PA TO Paul Elder Global Review doc 37k Budget Presentation 892k To do list xls 15k From Steven Grayson lt stevenbgrayson gmail com gt Date Tue Jul 6 2010 at 1 53 PM To Greg adisor qm es z cA Save attachments When you open attachments of certain file types you can save them to your phone so you can view them later in one of your phone s applications 1 O
103. YOUR PREVIOUS STATUS U I be San Jose this week 16 minus 1 Open Facebook fj and tap HEH 2 Doany of the following e To invite someone to be your friend on Facebook Tap Search and NESSA tap Everyone Enter the name of the person tap the name and then Greg Madison c E I ll be playing football on tap Add As Friend aC ENT Roce ore e To search for a friend Tap Search enter the name of the person and then tap the name Greg Madison h li be there too Want to e To view a friend s Facebook page Tap Search enter the name of the 7 ees Q person and tap the name At the bottom of the screen tap Info for your friend s info Pics for photo albums and Wall for postings Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 137 e To post to a friend s wall Tap Search enter the name of the person and tap the name Tap Write something enter a comment and tap Post To Wall e To keep track of friends birthdays Tap Events and then tap Birthdays View notifications in Facebook When you have new notifications in Facebook a red bubble appears on the icon 1 Open Facebook K 2 Doany of the following e To view the list of recent notifications Tap Tap again to close the notifications list e To view all notifications for the last seven days Tap and tap See All Notifications Facebook 3G all D i facebook ose See All Notifications e T
104. a long period of time can damage your hearing A pleine puissance l coute prolong e du baladeur peut endommager l oreille de l utilisateur Consultez notre site web www palm com fr pour plus d informations Responsible party North America Palm Inc 950 W Maude Ave Sunnyvale CA 94085 USA www palm com Europe Palm Europe Itd 59 60 Thames Street Windsor Berkshire SL4 1TX UK Radio Frequency RF Safety Exposure General statement on Radio Frequency RF energy Your phone contains a transmitter and a receiver When it is ON it receives and transmits RF energy When you communicate with your phone the system handling your call controls the power level at which your phone transmits Specific Absorption Rate SAR Your mobile device is a radio transmitter and receiver It is designed not to exceed the limits for exposure to radio waves recommended by international guidelines These guidelines were developed by the independent scientific organization ICNIRP and include safety margins designed to assure the protection of all persons regardless of age and health In order to certify this unit for sale to the public this unit has been tested for RF exposure compliance at a qualified test laboratory and found to comply with the regulations regarding exposure to RF Energy under the recommendations of the International Commission on Non lonizing Radiation Protection ICNIRP The tests are preformed in positions and lo
105. a working electric outlet 3 Let the battery charge completely Why this might help The system may have shut down because of an error reading the charge level Fully charging the battery resets the charge value Did this solve the problem e Yes Stop e No Continue Chapter 12 Troubleshooting 205 T5 Take out the battery IMPORTANT This is considered a drastic measure Don t try this method till you ve already tried the four Ts before this Because open applications are forced to close immediately during this kind of restart some unsaved data may be lost Taking the battery out of a phone that is not properly shut down can damage your phone 1 Try shutting down the phone Press and hold the power G button Tap Power gt Shut Down Swap Battery gt Shut Down 2 Whether step 1 succeeded or not take out the battery wait ten seconds and then reinsert it This causes your phone to restart To see detailed instructions on taking out the battery go to need to replace the battery Why this might help When you disconnect the battery your phone s internal circuitry is immediately shut down and goes into deep sleep Reinserting the battery performs a restart and also triggers an automatic clean up of files that weren t closed properly NOTE Because open applications are forced to close immediately during this kind of restart some unsaved data may be lost Chapter 12 Troubleshooting Did this sol
106. account and related records are backed up automatically every day Visit palm com support for more information Back up now Do either of the following e To turn off automatic backup and delete backed up information Tap On to switch backup from On to Off Tap Turn Off And Erase Data This deletes all your information on the server It does not affect the information on your phone TIP Open Device Info to delete the information on your phone see Erase data and reset your phone e To turn on automatic backup if you had previously turned it off Tap Off to switch Backup from Off to On Remotely erase Palm profile information from your phone In the event that your phone is lost or stolen go to your Palm profile on your computer and from there erase the data on your phone Chapter 11 Preferences 193 1 On your computer go to palm com palmprofile 2 Signin using your Palm profile username and password 3 Click Device Info 4 Click Lost My Phone gt Erase Device Update your Palm profile settings IMPORTANT To ensure that the data on your phone is consistent with that stored on your Palm profile we recommend that you perform a manual backup of your data after changing any of your Palm profile settings see Manually back up information to your Palm profile 1 Open Backup gy 2 Open the application menu and tap Palm Profile 3 Enter your Palm profile password and tap Sign In Preferences
107. acebook com LAUNCH amp SEARCH gt Google Maps Wikipedia Depending on the app you want to search in tap one of the following You may need to scroll down to see app search results Email Your phone displays either just the number of email messages whose sender name or subject contains your search term or the number plus a list of the actual messages If only the number of messages is shown tap Email to display the list of matching messages lap a message to view it Bookmarks amp History Your phone displays either just the number of websites in your bookmarks list and browsing history list whose name contains your search term or the number plus a list of the websites If only the number of websites is shown tap Bookmarks amp History to view a list of the websites Tap an entry to go to the website Google Maps To view your search term on a map under Launch amp Search tap Google Maps App Catalog To search App Catalog for apps that match your search term under Launch amp Search tap More and then tap Palm App Catalog YouTube To view YouTube videos that match your search term under Launch amp Search tap More and then tap YouTube Chapter 3 Just Type 53 54 NOTE When you are working in applications such as Contacts Email Memos and PDF View you can search for entries or files From the list view type the file name a few words from a memo or a contact name initials address or number
108. act and tap the contact name 3 Open the application menu and tap Add To Launcher 4 Optional Edit the first and last name as you want them to appear in the Launcher 5 Tap Add To Launcher To see the contact in the Launcher scroll down on page 1 of the Launcher Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 117 If the contact has a picture see Add a photo to a contact the picture appears as a Launcher icon If the contact doesn t have a picture the contact name appears in the Launcher with a placeholder icon Tap the real or placeholder icon to open the contact TIP To remove a contact from the Launcher open the contact open the application menu and tap Remove From Launcher Get in touch with a contact 2 Open Contacts Tap the contact name Bonnie Frank 7 fra 555 8314 MOBILE SSS ae bfrank7256 gmail com HOME franklybon AIM 4125 Erwin Avenue HOME Lake Oswego OR 97035 G Do any of the following e To call or send an email or instant message to that contact Tap the appropriate field For example tap a phone number to call the contact Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information e To send a text message Tap e To locate an address on a map Tap an address field Delete a contact 1 Open Contacts 2 Tap the contact name NOTE Entries that you cannot change on your phone like those from Facebook and Li
109. address you want recipients to see and reply to on your outgoing messages if this is different from the email address you send the message from Show Email Set how many days worth of messages to retrieve from the server Chapter 6 Email text multimedia and instant messaging 89 Get Email Set how frequently to synchronize email for this account Sync deleted emails POP accounts only Set whether messages should be deleted on the server when you delete them on your phone Sync server to device POP accounts only Set whether messages should be deleted on your phone when they are deleted on the server Default Folders IMAP accounts only Specify the folder where messages you send save as drafts or delete are stored Change Login Settings See Change account login settings Remove Account See Delete an email account Turn new email notifications on off The settings you select here apply to individual email accounts You can apply different settings to each email account 1 Open Email 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Tap an account in Accounts 4 In Show Icon tap On or Off 5 Tap Alert and tap any of the following Vibrate The phone vibrates with no other sound System Sound The system sound plays If the ringer is off the phone vibrates Ringtone Tap Ringtone and tap a ringtone name To hear the ringtone Tap to the right of its name Mute No sound pl
110. ail to view it full screen 4 ee zoom in or out on a part of the picture pinch out or in on 2 If la is not visible tap the screen to display it 146 Chapter 8 Photos videos and music 3 Tap B and tap Upload 2 4 Doone of the following e If your picture web service is already set up on your phone tap the name of the service you want to use e f your picture web service is not yet set up on your phone tap Add An Account and tap the account type Enter your username and password and tap Sign In After you sign in return to the picture in full screen view and repeat steps 2 and 3 Set up an online pictures account on your phone To upload pictures to an account you have with a web service such as Facebook or Photobucket you must set up the account on your phone DID YOU KNOW If you set up a Facebook account in the Photos application your Facebook contacts and calendar events appear in the Contacts and Calendar 3 applications on your phone also Likewise if you set up a Facebook account in Contacts the account is already set up to allow you to upload pictures from 4 Photos See Online accounts available for Palm webOS phones for information about the behavior of Facebook Photobucket and other online accounts on your phone 1 Open Photos 1 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts Photos 14 06 n u i Preferences amp Accounts A l z ms jas a E p oe o
111. ake the photo and then tap Attach Photo e To record a new video to send as an attachment Tap the video icon at the bottom of the screen tap New Video record the video 3 Tap the file name 4 Repeat steps 1 3 to attach other files Save a message as a draft e While composing a message open the application menu and tap Save As Draft Receive and read email messages The Email application synchronizes messages anytime you open a mail folder It also synchronizes messages on an automatic schedule the default interval is every 20 minutes see Enter advanced account settings for information on changing the interval Chapter 6 Email text multimedia and instant messaging Open Email A If the folders for the account you want are hidden tap to display the folders Tap the folder you want to check messages for If synchronization doesn t start tap How can you tell if sync is happening Look for the animated circular movement around the number of messages in the upper right corner of the screen Tap a message to open it Greg Madison Jul 5 2010 5S A To Martha Campbell one other question Did you get a chance to talk to Rosa about tomorrow 6 e OQ Optional Do any of the following e To call a number Tap the number and tap IBY to call it e To send a text message Tap and hold the number and tap Text e To send an email Tap the email address enter your message and tap e
112. alog to shop for new applications Browse applications in App Catalog Use App Catalog to browse and download any of the many applications available for your phone App Catalog contains both free apps and apps you can buy Open App Catalog F The first time you open App Catalog review the terms of use and tap Accept Tap the icon of a featured application or do one of the following App Catalog tt Home A GES SS People Se a oe BROWSE CATEGORIES Pandora Radio Pandora Need for Speed Undercover Electronic Arts People s gt MO e To search by name Type in a search term and then tap or press Enter A list of apps whose name or category matches your search term appears e To search apps by category Tap Browse Categories and tap a category If the category or list screen displays a category header beneath the featured app icons tap it to view and select subcategories If a subcategory screen contains a similar header tap it to view further subcategories Chapter 2 Basics 45 e To narrow your search by filtering Tap an icon at the bottom of the screen Table 3 App Catalog search icons Icon Description w Hot apps the most popular apps This option appears on the Home screen only Apps sorted by user rating This option appears on a category or subcategory screen only S Best selling apps Most downloaded free apps Most recently added apps e To search
113. and enter it on both devices Connect with a paired device After you pair with a device you can connect to that device without having to go through the pairing process again NOTE Toconnect with a paired computer you must initiate the connection from the computer See the computer documentation for instructions Chapter 9 Web and wireless connections 177 1 Open Bluetooth h d 2 Make sure Bluetooth is on see Turn the Bluetooth feature on off and tap the device name Forward contact phone numbers or text messages to a car kit If your Bluetooth car kit has phonebook capability you can set your phone to pass contact information from Contacts to the car kit Also if your car kit is capable of receiving text messages you can set your phone to automatically forward text messages to the car kit 1 Open Bluetooth 2 Open the application menu and tap Car Kit Settings 3 Tap On Off for either of the following Phonebook Access Passes your contact phone numbers in Contacts to your car kit Chapter 9 Web and wireless connections Message Access Allows your car kit to receive text messages forwarded from your phone Disconnect from a device Disconnecting from a device does not mean you delete the relationship you created between the device and your phone See Connect with a paired device for instructions on how to reconnect with the device 1 Open Bluetooth 2 Tap the connected device name to discon
114. and move pictures into them using your computer TIP Besides using USB Drive mode to copy your photos videos and DRM free music from your computer to your phone you can also use solutions available from third party software developers sold separately that facilitate the transfer of media files to your phone For more information open the browser on your computer and go to palm com sync solutions Chapter 8 Photos videos and music 3 Open My Computer Windows XP Computer Windows Vista or the Finder Mac and double click the drive representing your phone 4 To create an album use your computer s controls for creating a new folder To be sure the Photos application can find the album create it at the root level of the drive representing your phone not as a subfolder of another folder 5 Assign pictures to albums using your computer s controls to copy or move items It is easiest to find the pictures you want by displaying them as thumbnails 6 End the connection safely if you do not eject safely your phone resets when you disconnect the USB cable On a Windows computer right click the drive representing your phone and click Eject On a Mac computer from your desktop drag the drive representing your phone to the Trash The Trash icon changes to Eject 7 Disconnect the USB cable from the computer and from the phone when the USB Drive screen no longer appears on your phone e To delete an al
115. ap an existing conversation e In Conversations or Buddies view if you tap you start a new text message To switch to IM tap amp amp and tap an IM address from your Contacts 3 Enter the message text and tap TIP You can include emoticons in your message see Use emoticons in a message 4 When the message recipient replies the reply appears below your message in the conversation Repeat step 3 to reply to that person 5 Optional Do any of the following from a message you receive e To call a number Tap the number and tap D e To send an email Tap the email address e To go to a web address Tap it Add a buddy To add a buddy to an IM account you must send a buddy request and be accepted as a buddy by the invitee To send a buddy request 1 Open Messaging amp 2 Open the application menu and tap Add Buddy 3 Tap the IM Service field and tap the account in which you want to add the buddy 4 Tap the Buddy Name field and enter the screen name of the buddy you want to add 5 Optional if available Tap the Message field and enter a message for your buddy invitee 6 Tap Add Buddy Receive a buddy request 1 Open Messaging amp 2 Tapa conversation and tap the invitation message 3 Do one of the following e To accept a buddy request Tap W4 e To decline a buddy request Tap and tap Delete Show hide buddies in a group You can show or hide the members of any buddy
116. application e In Card view see Display all open applications Card view throw the card off the top of the screen Work with stacked cards If you are working in an application and perform an action that opens a new screen or launches a second application for example composing a new email from your Inbox or dialing a phone number from Contacts which Chapter 2 Basics 31 a2 opens the Phone app your phone treats the app screens as a group If you minimize one of the screens that screen and all screens associated with it appear as a set of stacked cards in Card view Here are some ways to work with stacked cards Move among cards and stacks This works the same way as with single cards see Move among open applications Change the order of cards and stacks This also works the same way as with single cards see Reorder open cards Close a card stack You cannot close a stack by throwing it off the top of the screen You must close throw each card individually Reorder a card within a stack Tap and hold the card you want to move When the card turns translucent drag it across the other cards in the stack until it appears in the position you want and then release Manually group cards or stacks into a stack Tap and hold one of the cards or stacks you want to group When it turns translucent drag the card or stack on top of another card or stack When the two items appear in the center of Card view spread
117. application to set up an online account After you set up the connection to the online calendar events you enter online show up automatically in Calendar and events you enter on your phone sync to the online account provided the account allows writing from the phone to the online account DID YOU KNOW If you synchronize with your Google calendar you can add Google Weather to the calendar on your desktop and have it appear in Calendar on your phone On your desktop log in to your Google Calendar account and open Calendar Settings Click the General tab enter your location and click the temperature unit you want in Show weather based on my locations The next time your phone synchronizes with your Google account Google Weather appears in Calendar on your phone The Palm Synergy feature makes it easy to synchronize exactly the data you want from an online account e If you want to sync all your data from an account set up the account directly in Email Contacts or Calendar By setting up synchronization in one app synchronization of the other apps is automatically set up for you Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 121 122 For example if you set up your Google contacts account in Contacts before you set up Gmail when you first open Email you find that your Gmail messages are already downloaded And when you first open Calendar you find that your Google calendar events are already in your ph
118. apter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 127 128 3 Optional Tap a participant s name If the participant is a contact the contact entry is displayed If the participant is not a contact tap Add To Contacts to add the participant to your contacts list Customize Calendar 1 Open Calendar 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts Calendar No Reminder No Reminder ALL DAY 3 Set the following options First Day of Week Select the day that appears as the start of the week in Week view and Month view Day Start and End Tap to enter the default start and end times that appear in Day view and Week view Default Event Reminder Tap the time interval for a notification to appear for timed and all day events Reminders you set for individual events override the default setting Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information Event Reminders Select to play a sound when a calendar notification appears Default Event Duration The default event duration is set to one hour Tap to change this to 30 minutes or 2 hours Accounts For all calendar accounts tap an account to change login settings or remove the account You should change login settings only if you have changed this information for the calendar account online the information you enter here must match the information in the online account Add Account Tap the account type and enter
119. ards virtual private network See VPN visual voicemail 71 214 voicemail 70 72 81 115 volume 201 alarm 136 audio source 201 default 13 phone call 73 ringtone 135 202 system sounds 200 troubleshooting 213 VPN profiles 166 168 Cisco AnyConnect 167 connecting to 168 deleting 168 disconnecting from 168 editing 168 statistics for 168 VPNC 166 W waking up screen 20 wallpaper 144 146 192 199 See also Card view Wallpaper album 144 wallpaper USB folder 144 WAV files 153 202 weak encryption method 167 weak signals 213 weather 121 web addresses 170 172 Web application 170 175 192 web browser 170 175 web pages bookmarking 172 173 browsing history for 175 cache for 175 dialing from 69 display options for 171 entering information on 171 220 images on 220 Launcher icons for 171 navigating through 171 opening 170 174 recently viewed 174 refreshing 171 sharing 171 174 225 troubleshooting access to 220 web search 52 53 web based email 86 89 webOS Doctor 206 webOS platform 8 230 websites accessing Customer support 10 accessing secure 170 220 blocking popups from 175 browsing 161 176 connecting to 160 170 171 disabling JavaScript for 175 freeing internal memory and 225 opening a second browser 171 playing music from 153 playing videos from 151 searching for 170 troubleshooting connections to 220 uploading to 146 147 Week view 126 weight specifications 233 Wi Fi See also wireless services
120. at that app no longer syncs with that account see Use the Accounts application to edit or delete an online account Stop synchronization of Contacts with an online account Stop synchronization of Calendar with an online account or Delete an email account My personal and work contact and calendar information is getting merged into a single view l d rather keep them separate The Palm Synergy feature on your phone displays information from several sources in a single view so you can access your info quickly without having to remember where you stored it Even though the information is visible in one view the sources of that information are kept separate In Calendar to see events from just one calendar tap the word All in the upper right corner of the screen and pick the account you want to see see Change the Calendar display In Contacts the list view shows all contacts from all accounts You can however see what data comes from which account by opening the contact and tapping Edit If you want to unlink contacts see Unlink a contact In Email you can turn off the smart folder for All Inboxes see Set email preferences Then make the inboxes of your individual accounts favorites so that they re always easy to see in Account List view see Add an email folder as a favorite started entering a contact s name in Card view or the Launcher but I m not seeing the person in the results With Just Type you need to
121. at the top of the phone screen Table 1 Title bar icons and descriptions Item Description D E um 5 The battery is being charged The battery is fully charged The battery is low See Charge the battery Airplane mode is turned on This means that the phone Bluetooth wireless technology feature and Wi Fi feature are off incoming calls go to voicemail See Turn wireless services off airplane mode Wi Fi is turned on The number of filled in bars denotes signal strength See Wi Fi The phone is searching for a Wi Fi network The phone is on The number of filled in bars denotes signal strength See Turn wireless services on Your phone is connected to a GPRS data network See can t tell if data services are available Your phone is connected to an EDGE data network See can t tell if data services are available Your phone is connected to a 3G HSDPA or UMTS data network See can t tell if data services are available When your phone is on and connected to your wireless service provider s network the provider s name appears in the upper left corner of Card view and most Phone screens The phone is searching for your wireless service provider s network Your wireless service provider s network is not available Chapter 2 Basics Table 1 Title bar icons and descriptions Item Description Check SIM SOS only fe Your phone cannot detect or read your SIM card Y
122. ation such as prefix suffix or middle name to a name open the application menu and tap Name Details Name Sy Job Title Company New Phone Number Set a ringtone New Email Address New IM Address 6 d Account icon showing Palm profile account Tap fields to enter contact details select a ringtone for this contact and so on Scroll to see all fields You can add a reminder that appears whenever you and this person get in touch See Assign a reminder message to a contact In some fields such as New Phone Number when you enter the information a label button appears on the right Tap the button to change the label for your entry for example to identify a number as a mobile or work phone TIP When you enter a phone number that requires pauses for example a number for which you need to enter a password or respond to prompts you can insert a pause or a stop in the number To insert a two second pause enter a P where you want the pause to appear To insert a stop enter a W where you want the stop to appear To dial the next set of numbers after the stop tap the numbers you entered as they appear onscreen 8 Tap Done 9 Optional To assign the contact as a favorite tp see Create a favorite Find a contact You can find a contact from Card view or the Launcher view To learn how see Open an application To find a contact within the Contacts app use these steps
123. ats tap the country name 3 Do one of the following e Begin typing the name of another country and when it appears tap it e Scroll down to find a country and then tap it 4 Confirm you want to change the format Your phone restarts after you select a new country format The restart does not affect your data or applications Screen amp Lock Change screen brightness 1 Open Screen amp Lock 2 Under Screen drag the Brightness slider to the preferred level Set the interval for turning the screen off automatically By default your screen turns off after one minute of inactivity to save battery power You can change this interval 1 Open Screen amp Lock 2 In Turn off after tap the interval shown and then tap the number of seconds or minutes Change your wallpaper Your wallpaper is the screen background in Card view You can customize the wallpaper to show a favorite picture 1 Open Screen amp Lock 2 Tap Change Wallpaper 3 Doone of the following e Use an existing picture as the background Tap the album containing the picture and tap the picture e Use a new picture as the background Tap New Photo and take the picture 4 Optional Do either or both of the following e To zoom out or in on a part of the picture Pinch in or out on the picture e To capture the portion of the picture you want for your wallpaper Tap and hold the picture and then drag the portion you want to t
124. ays and the phone does not vibrate Chapter 6 Email text multimedia and instant messaging Change account login settings When you change your password for an online email account remember to make the change in the account settings on your phone 1 Open Email 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Tap the account name 4 Tap Change Login Settings and tap the relevant fields to change the account information Rename an account You can change the name that appears in the account list 1 Open Email 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Tap the account name 4 Tap Account Name and enter a new name Delete an email account When you delete an email account from your phone it removes the account information from your phone only It does not affect your account with the email provider 1 Open Email 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Tap the account name 4 Tap Remove Account and then tap Remove Email Account Create and send an email message 1 Open Email 2 _ If this is the first time you have opened the Email application and you set up synchronization with at least one email account already while setting up an account in Contacts Calendar or Messaging tap Done If you have not set up an email account see Set up email 3 Tap TIP If you have set up an email account you can also start
125. ber to Contacts 7 78 Usea phone headset 80 Customize phone settings 84 Use SIM Toolkit Contents 3 Chapter 6 Chapter 7 Chapter 8 Chapter 9 Chapter 10 Contents Email text multimedia and instant messaging 86 Email Chapter 11 98 Messaging Contacts Calendar and other personal information 110 Contacts 121 Calendar 129 Tasks 133 Memos Chapter 12 135 Clock 136 Calculator 136 Facebook Photos videos and music 142 Camera 143 Photos 148 Videos 151 YouTube 152 Music 155 Amazon MP3 Web and wireless connections 160 Wi Fi 163 Palm mobile hotspot 166 VPN 168 Location Services 170 Web 175 Google Maps 176 Bluetooth wireless technology 179 Use your phone as a modem Documents 182 Quickoffice mobile office software 185 PDF View Preferences 190 Backup 194 Date amp Time 195 Device Info 198 Regional Settings 198 Screen amp Lock 200 Sounds amp Ringtones Troubleshooting 204 6Ts Six ways to get your Palm Pre 2 phone working again 207 For users of other Palm devices 207 Battery 211 Screen and performance 213 Phone 214 Hands free devices 215 Synchronization 218 Sending and receiving data in Email Messaging and Web 218 Email 219 Messaging 219 Wi Fi 220 Web 220 Calendar and Contacts 221 Camera 221 Photos Videos and Music 222 Amazon MP3 222 Transferring information from your computer 223 Backing up and restoring data 224 Updates 22
126. blasting areas and areas near electrical blasting caps and areas where there are chemicals or particles such as metal powders grains and dust in the air Interference to medical and personal Electronic Devices Most but not all electronic equipment is shielded from RF signals and certain electronic equipment may not be shielded against the RF signals from your phone Pacemakers The Health Industry Manufacturers Association recommends that a minimum separation of 15 centimeters be maintained between a phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker These recommendations are consistent with the independent research by the recommendations of Wireless Technology Research Persons with pacemakers should do the following Audio Safety This phone is capable of producing loud noises which may damage your hearing When using the speakerphone feature it is recommended that you place your phone at a safe distance from your ear Other Medical Devices Hospitals If you use any other personal medical device consult the manufacturer of your device to determine if it is adequately shielded from external RF energy Your physician may be able to assist you in obtaining this information Turn your phone OFF in health care facilities when any regulations posted in these areas instruct you to do so Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equipment that could be sensitive to external RF energy Repetitive Motion Injuries
127. bum you created Connect your phone to your computer and tap USB Drive From your computer open the drive representing your phone and delete the folder representing the album Look at photos in a slideshow You can view the photos in any album as a slideshow 1 Open Photos 2 Tap the album you want to view as a slideshow 3 Doone of the following e To start with the first photo in the album Open the application menu and tap Play Slideshow e To select a different starting point Tap the photo you want the Slideshow to start at and tap EA 4 To exit the slideshow tap a photo Add a picture to a contact You can add a picture to a contact using the Photos application TIP You can add also a picture to a contact in the Contacts application see Add a photo to a contact 1 Tap a picture thumbnail to view it full screen N ce If ad is not visible tap the screen to display it Wallpapers Tap and tap Assign to contact Enter the contact name and tap the contact Chapter 8 Photos videos and music 145 5 Optional Do either or both of the following If you have zoomed in on a picture to capture the portion you want to use as wallpaper tap and hold the picture and then drag the portion you want to the center of the screen This portion becomes the Assign To Contact wallpaper 5 Tap Set Wallpaper Share a picture You can send a picture to other picture enabled devices or to an email
128. cation menu The application menu contains items for the application you are working in such as Cut and Copy Preferences Help and other application specific menu items Help is available on the app menu of every application 1 In an app do one of the following Drag down from the upper left corner of the phone above the screen onto the screen Chapter 2 Basics 39 40 e Tap the application name in the upper left corner of the screen 2 Tapa menu item to open it If a menu item displays a right pointing arrow G tap the item to display the submenu for that item for example tap the Edit menu item to open a submenu containing Cut Copy and Paste items If you see a downward pointing arrow iii at the bottom of the menu scroll down to see additional menu items Web Folii New Card Page Bookmarks History Preferences 1 Application menu 2 Tap to open the submenu 3 Scroll to see more items 3 Toclose the menu without selecting an item repeat one of the options in step 1 If an application menu item is followed by this symbol plus a letter it means a keyboard shortcut is available for that menu item To use a keyboard shortcut press and hold the gesture area and press the letter key Chapter 2 Basics of the shortcut For examples of using keyboard shortcuts see Cut copy and paste information DID YOU KNOW Pressing and holding the gesture area is sometimes called a meta
129. cations as required by the FCC and IC for each model As SAR is measured utilizing the device s highest transmitting power the actual SAR of this device while operating is typically below that indicated below This is due to automatic changes to the power level of the device to ensure it only uses the minimum power required to communicate with the network The SAR limit for mobile devices set by FCC IC is 1 6 W kg averaged over 1 gram of tissue for the body or head 4 0 W kg averaged over 10 grams of tissue for the extremities hands wrists ankles and feet The highest reported SAR values of the Palm Pre 2 Phone are Table 2 SAR Values FCC ID O8F ROAY Maximum 1g SAR values W kg FCC FCC ID O8F ROAY Head 1 01 Body 1 29 Table 3 SAR Values FCC ID O8F ROAU Maximum 1g SAR values W kg FCC FCC ID O8F ROAU Head O XXX Body O XXX The SAR limit recommended by The Council of the European Union is 2 0 W kg averaged over 10 grams of tissue for the body or head 4 0 W kg averaged over 10 grams of tissue for the extremities hands wrists ankles and feet Table 4 SAR Values CE Maximum 10g SAR values W kg CE Head 0 930 Body 0 618 In order to comply with FCC IC and EU RF exposure safety guidelines users MUST use one of the following types of body worn accessories 1 A Palm brand accessory that has been tested for specific absorption rate SAR compliance and is intended for use wi
130. ck cover release 15 back gesture 23 30 199 212 227 Back view 15 Background data collection option 169 Backup application 190 194 See also Palm profile basic gestures 23 24 battery caring for 20 239 charger for 9 charging 19 20 205 207 icons 14 19 life 20 Index performance 163 165 purchasing 20 removing 206 replacing 207 211 specifications 233 troubleshooting 207 211 beta program Facebook 140 billing accounts 48 49 birthday events 124 125 138 139 blackouts 241 blank screens 211 Block Popups option 175 blocking caller IDs 78 messages 103 popups 175 Bluetooth devices 176 178 adding 79 176 backup summary 191 connecting to 1 6 177 deleting 178 disconnecting from 178 pairing 176 176 178 passkeys for 177 phone calls and 79 renaming 178 setting up 79 troubleshooting 213 214 turning on and off 176 Bluetooth wireless technology 79 176 178 See also wireless services BMP files 93 143 bookmarks 53 172 173 192 PDF 186 Bottom view 15 Brightness slider 198 browser See web browser buddies adding 105 blocking 103 deleting 106 groups for 105 requests for 105 Buddies view 99 built in applications 235 buying See also downloading applications 45 music 156 157 C cable service providers 219 cache web pages 175 Calculator application 136 calendar accounts 123 126 128 Calendar application 121 129 191 Calendar Display Options 125 calendar events See events Calendar View Options 126 128 cale
131. ck the link to learn how to complete the solution you choose for your personal data These solutions are not mutually exclusive Do what works best for you You could potentially use all these solutions You could for example sync several online accounts including an Exchange account sync data with a desktop organizer using a third party solution and store and create new data in your Palm profile account My personal data is here want to access data here Do this Learn how here Online account Google Yahoo Facebook and so on Corporate Exchange account My phone and Outlook other corporate email app on my computer Desktop organizer software My phone and maybe elsewhere My phone and my online account Set up the online account on your phone Set up an online account for Exchange on your phone Export your personal data from the desktop organizer and add See Manage online accounts See Manage online accounts See Export data from a and want to stop using it Desktop organizer software and want to keep using it An old phone Nowhere just want personal data on my phone My phone and my desktop organizer My phone and maybe elsewhere My phone Chapter 4 Copy files and sync your personal data it to an account on your phone either an online account accessible in the cloud or your Palm profile account accessible only on your phone Set up a sync relationship between the phone a
132. con to open your visual voicemail list e Open Phone amp Then tap E5 e Open Phone amp Then tap and hold 1 onscreen 2 Follow the voice prompts to listen to your messages Use visual voicemail Visual voicemail displays all your voicemail messages as a list So you can see who called and select the messages you want to listen to You can also make calls and send text messages to callers directly from the visual voicemail list Not all wireless service providers support the visual voicemail feature Check with your wireless service provider for information 1 Open Phone amp 2 Tap Wis The number on the icon shows how many unread voicemail messages you have Your voicemail list is displayed with the most recent message at the top Messages you have not listened to yet are displayed in bold NOTE For new voicemail messages to appear on your visual voicemail list your phone must have a data connection as indicated by a Ef ff or H icon at the top of the screen If you are roaming you must have data roaming enabled see Set roaming and data usage preferences If you do not have a data connection or do not have data roaming enabled you can work with any visual voicemail message already in the list in the ways described below You can also check for new voicemail messages using any of the methods described in Listen to voicemail messages Having the Wi Fi feature on or off does not affect whether your phone can display new v
133. contact using multimedia messaging MMS or email To send all contacts to a car kit first ensure that your car kit is discoverable by your phone see Connect with a paired device 1 Open Contacts 2 Open the application menu and tap Send All To Car Kit If a Bluetooth device is detected all contacts are sent To send one contact 1 Open Contacts and tap a contact 2 Open the application menu and tap Send Contact 3 Tap one of the following Send To Car Kit Your Bluetooth device needs to be on and detected Send Via MMS Messaging opens Send Via Email Email opens Receive vCards To get an emailed vCard into Contacts 1 From the open Email message tap the attachment The vCard opens automatically within Contacts 2 Tap Add To Contacts 3 Tap one of the following Add New Contact Save the vCard as a new contact Add To Existing Add the vCard information to an existing contact Calendar How do get events into Calendar You have a few options for getting events to show up in Calendar Connect to an online calendar If you have a calendar in an online account that works with the Palm Synergy feature for example Google or Microsoft Exchange you can set up Calendar on your phone to synchronize and display events in the online calendar Set up synchronization the first time you open Calendar see Use Calendar for the first time or anytime after that see Customize Calendar and Use the Accounts
134. corner of your phone until you see the Palm logo on the screen approximately five seconds Then wait until your phone completes startup TIP If your phone does not turn on after you insert the battery and press and hold power you need to charge the battery see Charge the battery Screen and performance The screen appears blank To save power the screen dims automatically after a period of inactivity and then turns off If you have inserted or replaced the battery you need to press and hold power until you see the Palm logo on the screen Otherwise follow these steps in sequence if you see a blank screen 1 If you are on a call make sure you have removed the protective cover that came attached to your phone screen 2 To brighten the screen if it has dimmed tap the screen 3 To turn on the screen do one of the following e Press power Drag up to unlock the screen e Slide out the keyboard e If the keyboard is out press any key 4 Look closely at the screen If the display appears but is faint try adjusting the screen brightness see Change screen brightness Chapter 12 Troubleshooting 211 212 5 Ifthe problem persists connect your phone to the AC charger see Charge the battery If you see a faint display try to restart your phone see Restart your phone 6 Ifyou don t see a display or the screen doesn t respond to taps press and hold power and slide the ringer switch three times
135. creen The screen locks five seconds after it turns off automatically or immediately if you turn the screen off manually Use Secure Unlock if you want to require a PIN or a password to unlock the screen TIP If your company issued your phone to you check with your system administrator whether the company has its own settings for locking and unlocking the screen of your phone 1 Open Screen amp Lock 2 Toturn Secure Unlock on In Secure Unlock tap Off tap Simple PIN or Password and do one of the following Simple PIN Enter a PIN of any length This is a PIN that you make up Enter the PIN again to confirm and then tap Done Password Enter a password containing any combination of letters and numbers Enter the password again to confirm and then tap Done IMPORTANT Be sure to write down your PIN or password and keep it somewhere safe If you forget your PIN or password you need to remotely reset your phone and may lose data 3 Toturn Secure Unlock off In Secure Unlock tap On Enter the PIN or password and then tap Done Change your Secure Unlock password 1 Open Screen amp Lock 2 In Secure Unlock tap Change PIN or Change Password 3 Enter the old PIN password and the new PIN password Chapter 11 Preferences 4 Tap Done Get notifications when the screen is locked or off 1 Open Screen amp Lock 2 Under Notifications tap On or Off to set whether notifications are displayed when the
136. creen approximately five seconds down either side of the phone Then wait until your phone completes setup TIP If your phone does not turn on after you insert the battery and press and hold power you may need to charge the battery see Charge the battery inserted or removed the SIM card without taking out the battery now can t connect to the network If you inserted or removed the SIM card before you removed the battery your phone cannot connect to the network To restore the network connection do the following 1 Remove the battery see need to replace the battery steps 1 8 for 1 Slide out the keyboard see Slide out the keyboard and then press the instructions two clasps c at the bottom corners 2 Remove the SIM card 3 Reinsert the SIM card 4 Replace the battery and the back cover see need to replace the battery steps 9 12 for instructions 5 Press and hold the power button on the upper right corner of your phone until you see a logo on the screen approximately five seconds Then wait until your phone completes startup 6 If Airplane Mode appears in the upper left corner of the screen open the connection menu and tap Turn off Airplane Mode Chapter 12 Troubleshooting 209 210 can t get my screen to turn on after removing and replacing the battery Removing the battery turns off your phone completely so you can t just slide out the keyboard or press power gt to tu
137. ct match display on off By default when you have the dial pad displayed but you re using the keyboard to enter a phone number both numbers and letters appear and your phone performs a search of matching names in Contacts If you turn off this preference typing on the keyboard with the dial pad displayed enters numbers only and no search is done in Contacts 1 Open Phone amp 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 In Show Contact Matches tap On or Off Chapter 5 Phone TIP If you turn off the Show Contact Matches preference you can still perform a contact search in the Phone application After opening Phone tap the contact list icon to the right of Enter name or number Type the contact name or initials and tap the number when it appears Turn call forwarding on off You can forward calls to another phone number Check with your wireless service provider about availability and pricing of forwarded calls additional charges may apply 1 Open Phone 5 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 In Call Forwarding tap On or Off 4 Ifyou turn call forwarding on tap Enter Number and enter the call forward number Tap to change an existing number Turn my caller ID on off The caller ID feature controls whether your phone number appears on another person s phone when you call them Check with your wireless service provider about availability and pricing of t
138. ction is working TIP You can also use the Palm mobile hotspot app to turn your phone into a Wi Fi hotspot capable of connecting up to five devices to the Internet simultaneously see Palm mobile hotspot Chapter 9 Web and wireless connections 177 180 Chapter 9 Web and wireless connections Documents Your Palm Pre 2 phone enables you to take your office with you including your Microsoft Office files You can view and search Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint files on your phone You can also view PDF files on your phone In this chapter 182 Quickoffice mobile office software 185 PDF View Chapter 10 Documents 181 Quickoffice mobile office software With Quickoffice mobile office software you can view Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint files on your phone To use Quickoffice software you need to set up a free account Set up a Quickoffice account 1 Open Quickoffice 2 Tap Create Quickoffice Account Quickoffice 1 47 iC Create Your Account lemail password PASSWORD j confirm password CONFIRM Why do need a Quickoffice Account h d 3 Enter a working email address and a password you make up and then confirm the password 4 Tap Create Quickoffice Account and then tap OK 5 Within 72 hours on your computer open the email sent to you from Quickoffice and activate your account Chapter 10 Documents If you alread
139. d for example in a memo or an email This includes text you can select by dragging the cursor and paragraphs you can select by tapping them see Text selection gestures 1 Select the text you want to cut or copy see Text selection gestures 2 Open the application menu and tap Edit gt Cut or Copy 3 Open the app and insert the cursor where you want to paste the text see Text selection gestures 4 Open the application menu and tap Edit gt Paste You can also use keyboard shortcuts to cut copy and paste After selecting the text or inserting the cursor press and hold the gesture area the lighted bar begins to pulse and glow more brightly Then press X cut C copy V paste or A copy select all in the apps that support this feature A notification appears that the text has been successfully cut or copied Use the Copy All or Select All feature Some applications offer a Copy All menu option For example in Messaging you can start or open a conversation open the application menu and tap Edit gt Copy All This saves the entire conversation as plain text which you can paste in a memo email message and so on Other apps offer a Select All menu option For example in Memos you can open a memo open the application menu and tap Edit gt Select All This highlights the full memo text which you can cut or copy Some apps offer both the Copy All and Select All features to perform different text selection tasks
140. dictionary Throw the word off the side of the screen Tap Delete to confirm To edit the shortcuts list tap Shortcuts and do any of the following To add a shortcut Tap enter the new shortcut and replacement text and then tap Add e To change a shortcut and or its replacement text Tap the shortcut you want to change Tap in the Shortcut field or the Replace With field and then enter the new shortcut or replacement text Tap Done To delete a shortcut Throw the shortcut off the side of the screen Tap Delete to confirm Chapter 2 Basics 37 38 Select items in a list Lists enable you to select from a range of options Lists are different from menus see Use the menus which give you access to additional features Lists are hidden until you tap the currently displayed option for that list 1 Tap the currently displayed option to open the list For example when creating a new event in Calendar tap 15 minutes before to display the list of reminder options Calendar Mon Mar 15 2010 5 00 PM to 6 00 PM D Event location No Repeat A 15 minutes before EVent motes Chapter 2 Basics Calendar No Reminder At Start Time 5 minutes before 10 minutes before 15 minutes before s 30 minutes before 1 hour before 1 day before 2 Tap the list item you want Cut copy and paste information You can copy any selectable text and you can cut any selectable text that you entere
141. ding tap Download paused 5 To cancel a download Tap X on the Downloading progress bar 6 After you download an app tap Tap to Launch to open it The app also now appears as an icon in the Launcher so you can open it from the Launcher as well You can move to other screens and work in other applications while your new app downloads in the background For example find another app in App Catalog and start its download while the first download is finishing Buy an application 1 Open App Catalog F 2 Browse to the app you want see Browse applications in App Catalog 3 Tap the app name and then tap Download for amount 4 Ifthe application uses Location Services a notification appears see Location Services Tap Continue 5 Doone of the following e If you have a billing account If prompted enter your Palm profile password to authorize the purchase and tap Continue e If you do not have a billing account Tap Continue Enter your Palm profile password and tap Continue See Set up a billing account If you enter an incorrect Palm profile password three times a message appears that explains how you can contact Palm support for help 6 Tap OK TIP To pause a download tap the Downloading progress bar To resume downloading tap Download paused 7 To cancel a download Tap X on the Downloading progress bar 8 After you download an app tap Tap to Launch to open it The app also now appears as an icon in th
142. dispositif doit tre pr t accepter tout brouillage radio lectrique re u m me si ce brouillage est susceptible de compromettre le fonctionnement du dispositif Cet appareil num rique de la classe est conforme a la norme NMB 003 du Canada EU Regulatory Conformance We Palm Inc hereby declare that this device is in conformance to all essential requirements of the R amp TTE Directive 1999 5 EC This equipment is marked with the 0984 symbol and can be used throughout the European community This indicates compliance with the R amp TTE Directive 1999 5 EC and meets the relevant parts of following technical specifications ETSI EN 301 511 e ETSI EN 301 908 1 e ETSI EN 301 908 2 ETSI EN 300 328 e ETSI EN 301 489 1 7 17 24 e EN 60950 1 e EN 50360 e EN 50371 Regulatory and Safety Information EN 62311 Marking by the symbol D indicates this equipment uses non harmonized frequency bands France 2 4GHz for Metropolitan France In all Metropolitan departments wireless LAN frequencies can be used under the following conditions either for public or private use Indoor use maximum power EIRP of 100 mW for the entire 2400 2483 5 MHz frequency band e Outdoor use maximum power EIRP of 100 mW for the 2400 2454 MHz band and with maximum power EIRP of 10 mW for the 2454 2483 MHz band Precaution against hearing loss Protect your hearing Listening to this device at full volume for
143. do this all data that has been backed up to your profile contacts calendar events and tasks as well as apps you bought through App Catalog is restored to your phone To restore information about your online accounts to your phone simply enter the password for each account when prompted after the erase synchronization begins again The Erase USB Drive option and the two full erase options delete everything stored in your phone s USB drive pictures videos music documents PDF files ringtones and so on You need to have copies of those files available elsewhere if you want to restore them to your phone For example you can save copies on your computer and then transfer them back to your phone see Copy files between your phone and your computer want to do a full erase but the screen is cracked or doesn t respond to taps If you can t do a full erase using the screen you can use a keyboard shortcut Press and hold Option Q Sym GD power My bookmarks were restored but the thumbnail icon is not displaying Web bookmarks are part of the data backed up to your Palm profile After a partial or full erase a bookmark is restored with a generic thumbnail icon After you revisit the page for which you created the bookmark a thumbnail icon is restored Chapter 12 Troubleshooting 223 Updates dismissed a system update notification and now don t know how to get the update on my phone If you have a phon
144. don t want that person to be able to access your data Regardless of which full erase option you choose all your data on the web in your online accounts and in your Palm profile is untouched After either type of full erase you can sign in to your Palm profile either on a new webOS phone or the same phone you just erased Signing in restores your Palm profile data and information from online accounts but not your stored files such as pictures videos and music you must copy those again to the phone see Copy files between your phone and your computer Run Quick Tests If you are troubleshooting your device with a support agent you can run Quick Tests to supply the agent with diagnostic information about your phone If you need more information after running Quick Tests you can run one or more Interactive Tests see Run Interactive Tests 1 Open Device Info 2 Open the application menu and tap Tests gt Quick Tests 3 Work with the support agent to view and report the test results Run Interactive Tests If you are troubleshooting your device with a support agent and need more information after running Quick Tests see Run Quick Tests you can run one or more Interactive Tests 1 Open Device Info 2 Open the application menu and tap Tests gt Interactive Tests 3 Work with the support agent to run and view results from one or more tests Change default applications If you have more than one application on y
145. download version 6 2 for free from palm com support Battery WARNING Use only batteries and chargers that are approved by Palm with your phone Failure to use a battery or charger approved by Palm may increase the risk that your phone will overheat catch fire or explode resulting in property damage serious bodily injury or death Use of unapproved third party power supply accessories may damage the device and void the Limited Warranty for the product IMPORTANT If your desktop Outlook synchronizes with an Exchange server using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync you cannot do a one way export of that Outlook data to your phone Instead set up your Exchange account to synchronize with your phone see How do send and receive email on my phone Mac You can transfer contacts calendar events and tasks from Address Book iCal and Palm Desktop software by ACCESS version 6 2 If you don t have Palm Desktop version 6 2 download it for free from palm com support For information about various ways to export your data see Copy files and sync your personal data For more detailed information go to palm com migrate webOS can t charge the battery e f you re using a new battery or a new charger make sure the battery and charger are approved by Palm for use with your phone Failure to use an approved battery or charger may prevent your phone from turning on or being charged e If you re using an existing approved ba
146. ds free device or the manufacturer s website for feature compatibility information specific to your device Synchronization What is synchronization You can set up a relationship to wirelessly sync data including contacts calendar events and email with selected online accounts for example Google or Exchange sometimes called EAS check to see if your company supports this You must first create an online account with an online account provider before you can set it up on your phone Sync means that if you enter change or delete information in one location the change automatically shows up in the other location So if you enter a Google contact in the Contacts application on your phone the contact appears in your online Google contacts no need to enter it twice How do set up synchronization with an online account You can set up online account synchronization in the Accounts app or in individual apps on your phone The Accounts app Setting up an online account in the Accounts app lets you specify the apps that should download data from that account So for example you could set up your Google account to download contacts and email info but not calendar events See Manage online accounts for details Individual applications The first time you open Email Contacts or Calendar you are given the option to enter settings for one or more online accounts see Set up email Use Contacts for the first time or Use Calendar
147. e 1 Open Device Info 2 Tap Reset Options Shuts down and restarts the phone Turns the phone and all radios off Erase Apps amp Data Erases applications you installed and all application settings and data Erase USB Drive Erases personal files stored on the USB rive includina photos and videos vou A 3 Do one of the following e To erase any applications you installed from App Catalog as well as any information associated with those applications Tap Erase Apps amp Data twice e To erase all files stored in USB drive storage such as pictures videos and music Tap Erase USB Drive twice Chapter 11 Preferences e To erase both your applications and USB drive storage files as well as information about your Palm profile Tap Full Erase If you want a clean erase of your currently installed apps and files but plan to continue using the phone tap Full Erase again If you plan to give the phone away and you do not want your data and files to be recoverable even using a third party tool tap Secure Full Erase This performs a complete wipe of the phone Note that a secure full erase takes considerably longer than a regular full erase About the full erase options In most cases you can perform a regular full erase if you want to erase downloaded applications and USB drive storage files from your phone Perform a secure full erase when you give your phone to somebody else and you
148. e 1 Open a message 2 Tap one of the following Reply to just the sender Reply to the sender and all other addressees 3 Enter the reply message text and tap Forward a message 1 Open a message and tap 2 Address the forwarded message see Create and send an email message 3 Enter the forwarded message text and tap Copy messages 1 Open a message 2 Doone of the following e To copy the entire contents of the message including the sender date recipient subject and body text Open the application menu tap Edit and tap Copy All e To copy the body text only Open the application menu tap Edit and tap Select All Then open the application menu tap Edit and tap Copy Move a message to another folder 1 Open a message 2 Open the application menu and tap Move To Folder 3 Tap the folder you want Mark a message as read or unread 1 Open a message 2 Open the application menu and tap Mark as Read Unread Flag or unflag a message When you flag a message a Y is placed beside the message in your Inbox You might flag a message to highlight it as something that you need to return to 1 Open a message 2 Open the application menu and tap Set flag or Remove flag Show or hide message header details 1 Open a message 2 Tapa recipient name to show details Tap again to hide details Delete a message Deleting a message moves it to your deleted items folder so it s still on
149. e Tap the bubble to view the reminder Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 1 Open Contacts 2 Search for a contact see Find a contact and tap the contact name 3 Open the application menu and tap Add Contact Reminder 4 Enter the reminder and make the back gesture to save it TIP To remove a reminder message before it pops up as a notification open the application menu and tap Add Contact Reminder Tap the trash icon Create a favorite You can make a contact a favorite so that it appears at the top of the search results list when you search using Just Type 1 Open Contacts 2 Tap Favorites 3 Tap Add Favorite and tap a contact In the All contacts list favorites are identified with a ye Remove a contact from favorites 1 Open Contacts 2 Tap Favorites 3 Tap a contact tap and tap Remove Link a contact When your phone recognizes matching information in two or more contacts for example the same name and phone number it automatically gathers the info from the two records into a single view that displays all the contact information You can also manually link contacts The info for your linked contacts appears combined only on your phone the actual info is kept separate and distinct in the accounts it came from IMPORTANT To maintain the integrity of your contact data it s important that you link only one person s contact info in different accounts
150. e Launcher so you can open it from the Launcher as well TIP If you delete a purchased application you can reinstall it without paying for it again see Manage applications You can move to other screens and work in other applications while your new app downloads in the background For example find another app in App Catalog and start its download while the first download is finishing Manage applications 1 Open Software Manager amp Software Mana 12 43 P Pandora 1 0 4 Pandora h d 2 Tap Apps to manage downloaded apps that appear in the Launcher or tap Other to manage background apps and services that do not appear in the Launcher 3 Tap an app or service name 4 Onthe app details screen do any of the following e To read reviews of the app Tap Review App and tap a review e To add a review Tap Review App and then tap Review e To share info about the app Tap Review App and then tap Share To send the link in an email message tap Email To send the link in a text message tap Text Message To report a problem with the app Tap Report A Problem Under Problem Type tap Bug and tap a problem type to narrow the type of problem you are reporting Enter the problem description and tap To delete the app Tap Delete Tap Delete again to confirm Chapter 2 Basics 47 48 TIP You can also delete an app by throwing it off the side of the screen from the app list and then tapping Delete to c
151. e a Palm profile by entering a valid email address setting up a Palm profile is different from setting up email on your phone To set up email see Set up email To change your Palm profile information after you have set it up see Update your Palm profile settings Charge the battery When the battery is very low the battery J icon in the upper right corner of the screen changes to red When the battery is fully charged the icon appears full and changes to green f WARNING Use only batteries and chargers that are approved by Palm with your phone Failure to use a battery or charger approved by Palm may increase the risk that your phone will overheat catch fire or explode resulting in property damage serious bodily injury or death Use of unapproved third party power supply accessories may damage the device and void the Limited Warranty for the product Although the battery may come with a sufficient charge to complete the setup process we recommend that after setup you charge your phone until the battery i icon in the upper right corner of the screen is full to ensure that the battery is fully charged See Maximizing battery life for tips on making your battery s power last longer 1 Connect the small end of the USB cable to the charger microUSB connector The silver circle on the cable faces the front of the phone Chapter 2 Basics 19 20 2 Connect the other end of the USB cable to the AC charger 3 Plug
152. e contact name or phone number at the top of the screen and tap the number you want to call e Tap Text or the IM account name in the upper right corner and tap amp beside the number you want to call Switch between Conversations view and Buddies view Conversations view lists all of your Messaging conversations Buddies view lists all of your IM buddies 1 Open Messaging amp 2 For Conversations view tap Conversations For Buddies view tap Buddies Messaging ii Conversations Buddies s Available _ Rachel Venetian amp Liv Greene C MovieFone a JOAQUIN Gets Ripped By Le ster O 5 Chapter 6 Email text multimedia and instant messaging J9 3 In Buddies view tap to expand a buddy list Tap a buddy name to contact that person TIP You can set a preference to show all your buddies whether they are online or offline or to hide offline buddies In Buddies view open the application menu and tap Show Hide Offline Buddies Create and send a text or multimedia message Each text message can have up to 160 characters You can send a message of more than 160 characters but the message may be split into several messages If you send a text message to an email address the email address is deducted from the 160 character count Multimedia messages consist of both text and pictures You can include pictures in JPG format DID YOU KNOW You can send and rec
153. e favorites in Contacts see Create a favorite and on two screens in Phone the Favorites screen see Create a favorite and your call history see View your call history If your wireless service provider supports visual voicemail you can also create favorites on the visual voicemail screen see Use visual voicemail flick A fast skimming of your finger vertically on the touchscreen used for example to scroll quickly up or down Flick up from the gesture area to get to Card view when you re working in an app See Basic gestures gesture area The strip beneath the touchscreen that you use to perform the back gesture among others You begin some gestures in the gesture area and complete them on the touchscreen for example the slow drag that displays Quick Launch when you have an application filling the screen Glossary of Terms Just Type The feature formerly known as universal search that enables you to make calls search for applications and contacts on your phone and search the web simply by typing the number or search term in either Card view or the Launcher See Just Type Launcher A group of screens called pages that display all your applications To open the Launcher tap in Quick Launch see Quick Launch or from the active application flick up twice from the gesture area to the screen If you are in Card view open the Launcher by flicking up once from the gesture area In the Launcher swipe up down left and
154. e hte ae No Accounts k ud Tap Add An Account and tap the type of account you want to add Enter your account username and password and tap Sign In Delete an online pictures account Open Photos i Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts Tap the account name Tap Remove Account Chapter 8 Photos videos and music 147 Delete a picture 1 Tapa picture thumbnail to view it full screen 2 1f ill is not visible tap the screen to display it 3 Tap IIll 4 Tap Delete to confirm To delete an album see Delete files and folders using USB Drive mode Videos Record a video Your phone has an easy to use video camera that lets you record videos in VGA Resolution at 30FPS frames per second in MPEG 4 with AAC audio Background sound is recorded when you record a video 1 Open Camera 2 Tap 3 Turn your phone to landscape view Chapter 8 Photos videos and music 4 Press Space Gp or tap to begin recording 5 Press Space p or tap to stop recording 6 Optional To watch a video when you finish recording Tap the thumbnail on the lower left side of the screen gt JZ Edit videos you recorded You can create a shorter version of a video you recorded The original version is not affected Your edited version is saved with the word edit added to the video name You can also rename videos and add descriptions of them 1 Ope
155. e network connection or a Wi Fi connection and the battery has at least a 30 charge you can start the update yourself Open System Updates Your phone checks for the availability of the update and if one is available tap Download Now The download happens in the background so you can continue to use your phone until the actual installation takes over Your phone continues to remind you to install the update after it has been downloaded You are also reminded that the phone will install the update automatically the next time you charge your phone An update installation cannot begin unless you have at least a 30 charge on your battery If you tap Install Later the update will automatically install the next time all three of the following conditions are true the phone is charging and idle and the battery has at least a 30 charge My phone froze while was downloading or installing a system update If this happens you can use webOS Doctor to restore your phone and install the system update from your computer using the USB cable On your computer go to palm com support to download webOS Doctor Chapter 12 Troubleshooting Transferring information from another Palm webOS platform phone want to get files off my old webOS phone but the screen is cracked or doesn t respond to taps so can t access USB Drive mode If you can t put your phone in USB Drive mode using the screen you can use a keyboard shortcut Con
156. e waste and develop the highest standards in electronics recycling v 1 0 Contents Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Welcome 8 Your Palm Pre 2 phone 9 What s in the box 9 Where can learn more Chapter 4 Basics 12 Get to know your phone 16 Set up your phone 19 Charge the battery 20 Turn the phone on off 22 Use gestures tap swipe drag flick pinch 28 Open applications 30 Work with applications Chapter 5 34 Enter and save information 39 Use the menus 41 View and respond to notifications 42 Create and work with favorites 42 Manage online accounts 43 Update the Palm webOS operating system 45 Use App Catalog to shop for new applications Just Type 52 Getin touch with a contact 52 Search the web 53 Find information in an application on your phone 54 Create a new item such as a message or memo 54 Open an application 56 Customize Just Type Copy files and sync your personal data 58 Copy files between your phone and your computer 59 Overview Get your personal data onto your phone 61 Transfer data from an old phone 61 Export data from a desktop organizer on your computer 62 Get data from an online account in the cloud 63 Sync your desktop organizer and your phone Phone 66 Make calls 69 Receive calls 70 Use voicemail 73 What can do during a call 75 What s my number 76 View your call history 76 Work with favorites 78 Savea phone num
157. e who int mediacentre factsheets fs193 en index html WHO Fact sheet 193 June 2000 Protecting your Battery The guidelines listed below help you get the most out of your battery s performance Recently there have been some public reports of wireless phone batteries overheating catching fire or exploding It appears that many if not all of these reports involve counterfeit or inexpensive aftermarket brand batteries with unknown or questionable manufacturing standards Use only manufacturer approved batteries and accessories found at Carrier Stores or through your device s manufacturer Buying the right batteries and accessories is the best way to ensure they are genuine and safe e In order to avoid damage charge the battery only in temperatures that range from 0 C to 45 C e Don t use the battery charger in direct sunlight or in high humidity areas such as the bathroom e Never dispose of the battery by incineration e Keep the metal contacts on top of the battery clean e Don t attempt to disassemble or short circuit the battery e The battery may need recharging if it has not been used for a long period of time e It s best to replace the battery when it no longer provides acceptable performance It can be recharged hundreds of times before it needs replacing e Don t store the battery in high temperature areas for long periods of time It s best to follow these storage rules Less than one month 20 C to 60 C Reg
158. ed to find my IMEI number Do one of the following e Open Device Info tap More Info and tap Hardware The IMEI number is listed under Network e Open Phone and enter 06 on the dial pad or the keyboard Tap D e f your phone does not respond to gestures or taps remove the battery The IMEI number is located on the sticker in the battery compartment My visual voicemail list isn t showing new messages For new voicemail messages to appear on your visual voicemail list your phone must have a data connection as indicated by a H or H icon at the top of the screen If you are roaming you must have data roaming enabled see Set roaming and data usage preferences If you do not have a data connection or do not have data roaming enabled you can listen to new voicemail messages by pressing and holding 1 a in the Launcher Card view or Phone Chapter 12 Troubleshooting Having the Wi Fi feature on or off does not affect whether your phone can display new visual voicemail messages Hands free devices can t make or receive calls using a Bluetooth hands free device Verify all of the following The Bluetooth feature is turned on see Turn the Bluetooth feature on off Your Bluetooth hands free device is charged and turned on e Your phone is paired with your hands free device and the hands free device appears in the Devices list see Connect with a paired device e Your phone is within range of the hands
159. eive text messages even while you are ona phone call This is easiest when using a hands free headset or the speaker BEFORE YOU BEGIN e Before you use your phone to send or receive multimedia messages refer to your service plan for pricing and availability of multimedia messaging Services e Make sure that your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turn wireless services on TIP You can also start writing a text message from Card view or the Launcher Start typing a message scroll down the list of search options and tap New SMS The Messaging application opens at a new message with the text you entered in the body of the message 1 Open Messaging Chapter 6 Email text multimedia and instant messaging The first time you open Messaging tap Done to send a text or multimedia message Thereafter skip to step 3 Tap The cursor is in the To field Do one of the following to address the message e Enter a contact s first or last name or initials screen name phone number or email address When you enter a contact name favorites appear at the top of the search results see Create a favorite Tap the phone number IM account name or email address you want to use to send the message when it appears e Tap to open your full contact list Tap the contact you want or enter a name or address to narrow the list e Enter a phone number for a recipient who is not a contact e Do you need
160. email message make the back gesture to close the message and return to your list of messages Or when you finish writing a memo make the back gesture to close and save the memo and return to the display of all your memos See Go up one level in an app back gesture Making the back gesture is also the way you save your work in many apps If you don t see a Done button make the back gesture to save your work card A minimized view of an open application You can easily move among and reorder cards in Card view To reduce the app you re working in to a card tap the center of the gesture area or flick up once from the gesture area Tap a card to restore the full screen view of the application and continue working in it See also Card view A group of related cards appears in Card view as a card stack See Work with stacked cards for information Card view The view on your phone that displays all open applications as minimized cards allowing you to easily move among and reorder them The background of Card view is your wallpaper Don t confuse Card view with the Launcher see Launcher which shows you all the apps installed on your phone not just the open ones To get to Card view when an app is displayed full screen flick up from the gesture area to the screen or tap the center of the gesture area connection menu A menu hidden in the upper right corner of the screen that lets you turn on off wireless connection features such as
161. emi 1 Open Tasks Due Tap No due date and tap a due date option If you set a due l E date a notification appears at the bottom of the screen on the due 2 Tap the list containing the task date Tap the notification to open the task 5 To enter a note about the task tap Notes and enter the note 130 Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information Tasks TIP Ifyou add a due date to a task and then want to add more details tap the date to open the task details view All tasks Gardening Check off a task 1 Tap the list containing the task 2 Tap the box to the left of the task name Tasks FI Gardening DUE DATE v vA Set water timer Call Bonnie about roses l 2 Tapa task list name to view tasks that are due today or overdue NOTE Tap Tasks to view task lists and tasks synchronized from your Exchange account Rename a task Z J 1 On the task list tap the task name 2 Enter the new name and press Enter g View tasks that are due today 1 Open Tasks 2 The number to the right of the All tasks field shows Sort a task list the total number of tasks that are due today or are overdue The number to the right of each task list name shows the number of tasks i You can sort a task list to show all tasks the default setting remaining in that list that are due today or overdue tasks or completed tasks 1 Open Tasks amp 2 Tap the list you want to sort Chapter 7
162. emos application 133 134 191 menus 39 41 227 merged views 86 221 228 message headers 95 messages See email multimedia messages text messages voicemail instant messages Messaging application 98 107 backup summary 191 online accounts 215 troubleshooting 219 microphone 213 Microsoft Excel files See Excel files Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync See Exchange ActiveSync Microsoft Outlook See Outlook Microsoft PowerPoint files See PowerPoint files Microsoft Word files See Word files microUSB connector 12 Miscellaneous album 144 174 missed calls 76 misspelled words 36 modems 179 Month view 126 Move to folder command 95 MP3 files 153 202 MP3 music service 155 157 222 MP4 files 149 MPEG 4 files 148 149 Index multimedia messages 98 103 addressing 100 attachments 102 copying 103 creating 100 101 deleting 103 dialing from 69 displaying 102 forwarding 102 notifications 106 pictures and 100 146 saving contact information 103 sending 74 99 100 101 troubleshooting 219 multitasking 8 28 music 152 155 answering phone and 0 backing up 155 192 copying 59 data transfer of 152 deleting 155 downloading 157 formats 153 information about 156 listening to 79 152 153 155 notifications 153 playback controls 154 previewing 157 as ringtones 201 222 searching for 155 156 troubleshooting 222 Music application 152 155 mute 73 N names See also user names Bluetooth device 178 device 195 dialing by 68 send
163. en the site requests this information To turn Location Services off completely for websites tap Always Ask and then tap Never Share Location To clear all location data currently in use by websites tap Clear My Location Data and then tap Clear Preferences 12 15 3G all E Q Location Services Always Ask 7 Clear My Location Data You will be asked for authorization when a Website requesis your location Auto Locate Your location Will be automatically provided to applications that request it O a M TC Manage location information passed to applications Open Location Services When Auto Locate is on applications can automatically identify your location The Auto Locate feature is turned on by default If Auto Locate is not turned on to turn it on tap Always Ask in the For Applications field and then tap Auto Locate When Auto Locate is set to Always Ask an application asks if its OK to identify your location Tap Allow to turn on Location Services for that session only Tap On or Off for any of the following Geotag Photos Available only when Auto Locate is on When Geotag Photos is on photos are tagged with the latitude and longitude of the location in which they were taken DID YOU KNOW The geotag data is stored as an Exif tag in the photo file not on the image itself A common use of the geotag is in online photo services like Photobucket and desktop apps like Google Earth which use the data
164. encounter problems while ra setting up an Exchange account see Set up email Microsoft Exchange to learn about setting up an account manually Today Tue Mar 3 4 To set up an account type that is not listed tap Find More tap an app and follow the instructions onscreen to add the account NOTE lf you choose to sync Calendar with an online Facebook account your 5 Facebook events show up in Calendar but you cannot add calendar events to Facebook from the Calendar app To work directly with Facebook use the a Facebook application developed for your phone see Facebook To work directly with LinkedIn go to linkedin com in the Web application see Web or download the free LinkedIn application from App Catalog h ud Create an event 2 Tap Allor an online account name in the upper right corner and tap the calendar you want to use for this event If you are using Calendar for the first time you go through a few different steps to add or access the calendar events on your phone see Use Calendar for the first time Follow this procedure to add events directly on your NOTE If an account doesn t appear in the list you can t add data to that account i i from your phone phone after the first time you use Calendar For information on managing your phone s time settings see Date amp Time If you create an event in All Calendars view the event is created in the calendar set as the default see
165. enter more than one phone number for the favorite here If you do you need to set one of the numbers as the default see Set or change the default number for a favorite Chapter 5 Phone 7 78 Set or change the default number for a favorite If you create a favorite in Contacts but the contact has more than one phone number associated with it you need to set the default number for the favorite in the Phone app Also follow these steps if you want to use a different number as the default number for a favorite 1 Open Phone amp 2 Tap ES 3 Do one of the following e To set a default number Tap the favorite e To change the default number Tap the contact photo or contact __Bicon to the right of the favorite name and tap Change Default Number 4 Tap the number you want to use Remove a contact from the favorites list When you remove a contact as a favorite you do not delete the contact itself The contact no longer shows up as a favorite in Phone Contacts Email Messaging or Just Type search results 1 Open Phone amp 2 Tap a 3 Throw the favorite off the side of the screen Tap Delete to confirm TIP You can also remove a contact as a favorite from within the Contacts app see Remove a contact from favorites Chapter 5 Phone Save a phone number to Contacts You can save the number from an incoming or outgoing call to an existing contact or create a new contact for the number If an inco
166. er pages 1 If you re in an app tap the center of the gesture area to display Card view 2 In Card view tap TIP You can also open the Launcher by flicking up twice from the gesture area to the screen If you are in Card view just flick up once to open the Launcher 3 To find the app you want flick up or down to see all the icons on a page To see other pages swipe right or left on the screen or tap the arrows in the upper left and upper right corner of the screen Launcher 5 21 Applications App Catalog _ gt Calendar Messaging A n Camera Photos Music qw PPZ Ra gt a dj Videos Google Maps Memos 14 Page indicator shows that there are pages to the right of the current page Tap the arrow to move to the next page 2 Page name Tap and hold to change the name 4 Tap the application icon To close the Launcher do one of the following e Tap the center of the gesture area e Make the up gesture Flick up from the gesture area to the screen Open an application in Quick Launch Quick Launch is the bar of five icons you can access from any app Quick Launch always appears at the bottom of Card view You can customize Quick Launch to contain the icons for apps you use most often To open an application from Quick Launch just tap the icon Wireless Service 5 35 Quick Launch Quick Launch can display no more than five icons By default it displays from left to rig
167. ergy feature and want to set up another one tap Add An Account and then tap Email Account e Any other time you open Email open the application menu tap Preferences amp Accounts tap Add Account and then tap Email Account Ea New Mail Account 4 Enter your email address and password and tap Manual Setup 5 Tap the Mail Type field and tap your account type 6 Enter info for the incoming and outgoing mail server as needed based on the server information you got from your system administrator see BEFORE YOU BEGIN at the beginning of this procedure 7 7 Tap Sign In 8 Tap Done Enter advanced account settings These settings apply only to the account you select in step 3 1 Open Email 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 4 Tap the account name Set any of the following Enter your name Show Icon ony System Sound ALERT SIGNATURE Account Name Enter the name that appears in the account list Full Name Enter the name you want to appear in the From field for messages you send Show Icon Set whether a notification icon appears onscreen when a new message arrives Alert When Show Icon is on set whether a sound plays when a new message arrives see Turn new email notifications on off Signature Tap to create a signature that s added to outgoing messages see Add a signature to outgoing messages Reply to Address Enter the
168. ersonal email contacts and calendar events and an Exchange account for your corporate email contacts and events The Email Contacts and Calendar applications on your Pre 2 phone all provide a kind of view in which you can see information from both of those accounts in one place but even though the information is brought into one view the sources of that information are kept separate For more information read about linked contacts layered calendars and the single inbox for your email in Contacts Calendar and Email NOTE See Online accounts available for Palm webOS phones for the current list of online accounts that you can set up on your phone and for information about the behavior of these accounts Thanks also to the Synergy feature in the Messaging application all your conversations with the same person are grouped together in one chat style view If you start an IM chat with Ed for example you can continue the same conversation when Ed signs out of IM by sending him a text message and you can see it all in the same view For more information see Messaging Syne Your Pre 2 phone gives you synchronization without a cable You can sync with online services that Palm has partnered with so that you can store and sync your info in online accounts For more information see Get data from an online account in the cloud Your Palm profile When you set up your phone you create a Palm profile Your profile gives you
169. es 220 maps 118 meeting participants 127 multimedia messages 102 phone calls 68 73 76 77 78 pictures 143 tasks 131 text messages 102 videos 149 151 web pages 171 DOC files 182 documentation 10 documents 182 187 See also Word files Excel files PowerPoint files PDF files DOCX files 182 Download for free option 46 downloading See also App Catalog buying applications 46 47 email 89 92 219 files 174 music 153 156 157 Palm mobile hotspot 164 pictures 143 ringtones 202 vCards 110 Downloads album 144 downloads USB folder 144 drafts 92 drag and drop gesture 27 drag gesture 24 212 228 driving directions 168 driving safety tips 79 242 DRM free files 59 149 150 152 228 Dropbox 182 185 due dates tasks 130 132 earpiece 213 EarthLink 86 EAS See Exchange ActiveSync echoes 213 EDGE data network 14 218 editing bookmarks 173 contacts 113 114 115 116 117 email accounts 90 instant messages accounts 106 memos 134 tasks 131 text 38 videos 148 VPN profiles 168 electrostatic discharge ESD 243 email 86 98 See also email addresses Email application advanced settings 89 alerts for 89 attachments 92 93 backup summary 191 contacts and 94 creating 54 91 deleting 90 95 dialing from 69 download options for 219 drafts 92 files and 184 186 flagging 95 folders 96 97 forwarding 94 links in 152 managing 95 memos 134 merging 86 message headers 95 music and 153 notifications 90 pictures and 14
170. escription Radio e Dual band WCDMA HSDPA 850 1900 or 900 2100 e Quad band GSM GPRS EGPRS 850 900 1800 1900 Features e Speakerphone Processor technologies Battery Operating system Camera Size Weight Hands free headset jack 3 5 mm stereo 3 barrel connector Microphone mute option TTY compatible Ringer switch Qualcomm 6260 processor TI OMAP 3630 processor Rechargeable lithium ion 1150mA hr power capacity Removable Palm webOS platform 5 megapixel LED flash with extended depth in field Auto exposure Auto white balance Geotagging 39 in x 2 3 in x 0 67 in 100 7 mm x 59 6 mm x 16 9 mm 5 1 ounces 145 grams Specifications 239 234 Table 1 Specifications Category Description Operating temperature range Connectivity Display Keyboard Sensors Memory Connector Back cover Specifications 32 F to 113 F 0 C to 45 C 5 to 90 RH Wi Fi 802 11 b g with WPA WPA2 WEP 802 1x authentication Bluetooth wireless technology 21 EDR with A2DP stereo Bluetooth support 31 inch touchscreen 24 bit color Resolution 320 x 480 HVGA User adjustable brightness Slide out physical QWERTY QWERTZ or AZERTY keyboard Ambient light Accelerometer Proximity 16GB 15GB user available USB mass storage support microUSB connector with USB 2 0 Hi Speed Compatible with the Touchstone charging dock sold separately Table 1 Specifications
171. ess email ona phone Some providers do not offer this option at all other providers require an upgrade for you to access email on a phone e Email provider settings may change If your email account was working but you are currently experiencing problems check with your email provider to find out whether any of the account settings have changed have problems sending and receiving email e Make sure your phone is on and that your data connection to your mail server or email service provider has not been interrupted see Turn the phone on off e Short periods of time when email is unavailable are common due to server problems or poor wireless coverage If you have problems sending or receiving mail for an extended period of time check with your ISP or email service provider to verify that the service is working properly and check with your wireless service provider for outage information in your area have problems sending email IMAP and POP accounts If you are able to receive email messages but cannot send them try the following e Turn on authentication see Set up email when automatic setup fails Many service providers require authenticated access or ESMTP to use their SMTP servers for outgoing mail Enter the name of a different outgoing mail server for sending mail see Set up email when automatic setup fails Many ISPs such as cable companies require that you have an Internet connection to their network to
172. esture to close the message and return to your list of messages Or when you finish writing a memo make the back gesture to close and save the memo and return to the Chapter 2 Basics display of all your memos When you make the back gesture in an application and that s the only screen of that app that s open you minimize the app and go back to Card view To make the back gesture swipe right to left anywhere in the gesture area Display all open applications Card view Card view displays open applications as small cards so that you can easily scroll through them and drag them to change their order When an application fills the screen and you want to go to Card view do one of the following e Tap the center of the gesture area e Make the up gesture Flick up from the gesture area to the screen Move among open applications 1 In Card view see Display all open applications Card view swipe left or right on the screen to see other open apps 2 Tapa card to maximize the application TIP You can also maximize the center card in Card view by flicking down from the screen to the gesture area TIP You can set a preference to move among open apps without first going to Card view see Turn advanced gestures on off Reorder open cards 1 In Card view see Display all open applications Card view tap and hold a card 2 After the card becomes transparent drag it to another position Close an
173. et for example your laptop and use its Wi Fi connection settings to connect to your Palm mobile hotspot After the connection is made you can browse the web on your laptop Create an open hotspot 1 Open Palm mobile hotspot gy 2 _ The first time you open Palm mobile hotspot tap OK to continue 3 Tap Off to turn on Palm mobile hotspot 4 Ifyou are connected to a Wi Fi network tap Continue to disconnect NOTE The phone must remain connected to the network of your wireless service provider so don t use airplane mode to turn off Wi Fi 5 Do one of the following e If this is your first time launching Palm mobile hotspot tap Create Open Network Mobile Hotspot Set Passphrase enter passphrase Must be 8 to 63 characters Create Open Network Cancel e If you have a secure hotspot set up already tap WPA WPA2 Personal and tap Open 6 Optional To customize the name of your hotspot tap the name in Network Info enter a new name and tap Done 7 After you create the hotspot go to the device you want to connect to the Internet for example your laptop and use its Wi Fi connection settings to connect to your Palm mobile hotspot After the connection is made you can browse the web on your laptop Use Palm mobile hotspot 1 Open Palm mobile hotspot gy 2 Tap Off to turn on Palm mobile hotspot The a icon appears at the bottom of the screen when the mobile hotspot is turned on 3 Besure you
174. f the following e To add an online account Tap Add An Account Tap the account type enter your username and password and tap Sign In e To edit an existing account Tap the account edit the username and or password and tap Sign In e To delete an account Throw the account name off the side of the screen Tap Delete to confirm PDF View With PDF View you can view PDF Adobe Acrobat files on your phone Open a file You can view a PDF file that you copy from your computer see Copy files between your phone and your computer or receive as an email attachment see Open email attachments BEFORE YOU BEGIN Before you put a file on your phone make sure you have enough storage space on your phone to fit the file Open Device Info and look at the Available field under Phone 1 Open PDF View The list of your files appears onscreen 2 Tosearch for a file begin typing the name Tap the file when it appears PDF View a Open iu Inform pdi 10 29 09 k d If the PDF file was created with a password enter the password to open the file 3 To open another file Open the application menu and tap Open Tap the file TIP To move between open PDFs tap the center of the gesture area to go to Card view Tap the card of the PDF you want to read Move around in a file To go to the next or preceding page Tap BA or Kau e To jump to a different page Tap the current page number at the bottom
175. f you have data services enabled Open Phone amp open the application menu and tap Preference amp Accounts Under Network make sure Data Usage is set to On e If you are in roaming coverage check to see if you have data roaming enabled Open Phone open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts Under Network tap Data Roaming and tap Enabled If possible contact the recipient of the message and make sure the receiving device can handle the type of message you re sending e If a message arrives but does not display a notification restart your phone see Restart your phone want to send a video in a multimedia message but do not see it on the list of items can attach You can attach pictures in JPG format to outgoing multimedia messages To send files of other types attach them to an email message see Add attachments to a message Wi Fi am trying to connect my phone to my Wi Fi network and need to find the phone s MAC address Open Device Info tap More Info and tap Hardware Under Phone the number listed to the right of Wi Fi is your phone s MAC address Chapter 12 Troubleshooting 220 Web My phone won t connect to the Internet Your phone supports 3G UMTS and HSDPA GPRS EDGE and Wi Fi wireless data networks To connect to the Internet you must either subscribe to data services with your wireless service provider or be within range of a Wi Fi network Check to see if
176. fault account Tap 2 e Ina linked contact to add or change the photo of another account Tap the account button in the upper right corner and tap the other account see Linked contacts Contacts 1 18 ac ll t New Photo Photo roll PTE Wallpapers UR h d Do one of the following e To take a new photo Tap New Photo and take the picture e To use an existing photo Tap the album containing the picture and tap the picture DID YOU KNOW If you see a number attached to a contact s photo that s because it s a linked contact see Linked contacts 3 4 Optional Do either or both of the following To zoom out or in on a part of the picture Pinch in or out on the picture e To capture the portion of the picture you want Tap and hold the picture and then drag the portion you want to the center of the onscreen box This portion becomes the contact photo Tap Assign To Contact Add a ringtone to a contact Select the ringtone you want to hear when this contact calls you 1 While creating see Create a contact or editing see View edit or delete contact information a contact tap Set a ringtone 2 Doone of the following e Tap the ringtone name e To use a music file as a ringtone Tap weal and tap the file name 3 Optional Tap io preview the ringtone 4 Tap Done TIP To change the ringtone for a contact tap the ringtone and tap Change Ringtone Delete Ringtone deletes t
177. g with a list of available online accounts displayed Tap the account you want to download and install it see Use App Catalog to shop for new applications 4 Enter your username and password and tap Sign In 5 Depending on the account you may be presented with options for which apps should download data from that account For each app tap On or Off and then tap Done Accounts 7 07 LS Account Settings Google Talk Google Calendar Gmail Use the Accounts application to edit or delete an online account If you change the username email address or password you use with an online account you need to enter the new information in the account settings on your phone You can do that from within one of the applications associated with that account or from the Accounts app IMPORTANT Ifyou delete an account from your phone using the Accounts app all data from that account is removed from all apps associated with the account For example if you delete an Exchange account using the Accounts app all your Exchange data is removed from Email Contacts Calendar and Tasks If you want to delete data only from one app served by the account for example you want to delete the calendar events but keep the contacts go to the preferences for the app and delete the account there 1 Open Accounts 2 Tap the account name 3 Do one of the following e To change the account display name Under Account Name
178. group you create in your IM account on the web You can t create buddy groups on your phone 1 Open Messaging 2 Tap Buddies 3 Do one of the following e To expand a buddy group Tap e To collapse a buddy group Tap Chapter 6 Email text multimedia and instant messaging 105 106 Delete a buddy 1 Open Messaging amp 2 Do one of the following e In Conversations view tap a conversation with the buddy you want to delete e In Buddies view tap a buddy 3 Open the application menu and tap Delete This Person 4 Tap Delete Change your online status 1 Open Messaging 2 Tap Buddies 3 Tap the status icon to the left of the status description and tap your new status Change your custom message Your custom message is seen by your IM buddies It appears next to your IM screen name and status It can contain any text you want 1 Open Messaging amp 2 lap Buddies 3 Do one of the following e If you already have a custom message tap the current message and enter the new message text Chapter 6 Email text multimedia and instant messaging e f you re creating a custom message for the first time tap the status text Available or Busy and enter the custom message text Change your IM account username and password If you change the username or password for your IM account online you need to enter the updated information for the account on your phone 1 Open Messaging
179. gt Copy 1 In an open memo open the application menu and tap Delete firm Change the color of a memo 2 Tap Delete to confirm Color code your memos to help you recognize memos of a certain type For example make all of your grocery lists blue Email a memo 1 Open Memos _ 1 In an open memo open the application menu and tap Email Memo 2 Tap the memo 2 Enter the email address The subject Just a quick memo is automatically filled in You can edit the text before sending the message 3 Tap 134 Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information Clock The Clock application lets you set an alarm You can set Clock to wake you up at the same time wherever you are for example the recurring 7AM alarm you set in San Francisco rings at 7AM in New York However use Calendar to have your appointment times adjusted so that the notification for a 9AM meeting in San Francisco will sound at noon when you re in New York see Create an event Manage Clock 1 Open Clock EJ 2 Tap the screen if is not visible 3 Tap Q 4 Doone of the following To change the clock display Open the application menu tap Preferences and tap the Theme Then tap a theme To change the time See Date amp Time To turn off the alarm when the ringer switch is off Open the application menu tap Preferences Under Alarm Sound tap Ringer Switch and then tap Mute Tap Play Alarm to play the alarm when the ringer
180. gtones Preferences WITCK OF Aa Ae 7 SA SINGS RINGS amp ALERTS Vibrate AD RINGER lt i gt o RINGS amp ALERTS Sound amp Vibrate RINGTONE Rain Dance Ringtone Volume n In Ringer Switch Off tap Vibrate or Mute to set whether your phone vibrates when you slide the ringer switch off Under Ringer Switch On set any of the following Rings amp Alerts Select Sound amp Vibrate or Sound To change the ringtone for incoming calls see Select the ringtone for incoming calls Ringtone Volume Drag the slider to set the ringtone volume This also sets the Clock alarm volume TIP Adjusting the Ringtone Volume slider is the same as using the volume button on the side of the phone System Sounds Set whether to turn on systemwide sounds for notifications transitions shutter click and the like Drag the Volume slider to set the system sounds volume Select the ringtone for incoming calls The ringtone you select here applies globally to all incoming calls You can also set a unique ringtone for a contact see Add a ringtone to a contact 1 Open Sounds amp Ringtones 2 Tap the displayed ringtone to open the full list of tones 3 Optional Tap to listen to the ringtone 4 Tap the name of the ringtone to select it 5 To set the ringtone volume drag the Ringtone Volume slider Select a song as a ringtone You can select a song to play as the
181. he center of the onscreen box This portion becomes the wallpaper 5 Tap Set Wallpaper Turn advanced gestures on off Turning on advanced gestures gives you two additional gestures previous and next and also changes the way you make the back gesture and the forward gesture in Web e Previous and next gestures The previous and next gestures let you move among your open applications without first going to Card view The previous gesture is a full swipe from left to right across the entire length of the gesture area The next gesture is a full swipe from right to left across the entire length of the gesture area Use these gestures when you have more than one app open and an app is displayed full screen By making the previous and next gestures you go from full screen view to full screen view of each app The order of applications is determined by the order that you opened them or arranged them in Card view e Change to the back gesture and to the forward gesture in Web The back gesture still goes from right to left in the gesture area but you must make a shorter swipe from the center outward The forward gesture in Web also requires a shorter swipe 1 Open Screen amp Lock Preferences 4 32 Q Screen amp Lock e 1 minute Any right to left swipe on the gesture area i will perform the back gesture 2 In Switch Applications tap On or Off Chapter 11 Preferences 200 Set options for unlocking the s
182. he caller ID feature DID YOU KNOW The caller ID feature does not affect whether your phone displays the caller ID for an incoming call Your phone always shows incoming caller ID unless the number is hidden or private 1 Open Phone amp 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 In Show My Caller ID tap On or Off Turn call waiting on off You can choose to be notified when you receive a call while you are on a call You can choose to accept the call or not See Answer a second call call waiting Check with your wireless service provider about availability and pricing of the call waiting feature 1 Open Phone amp 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 In Call Waiting tap On or Off Turn international dialing on off When the international dialing preference is on your phone automatically adds the correct international dialing prefix and country code to any 10 digit U S or Canadian number you call from another country So you can simply enter the 10 digit number or dial a contact with a 10 digit number and the call goes through correctly The preference does not work with 7 digit numbers This preference is available only for phones purchased in the US or Canada 1 Open Phone amp 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 In International Dialing tap Off to switch international dialing from Off to On 4 Begin typing the name of the c
183. he ringtone from the contact not from the list of available ringtones Assign a speed dial to a contact You can assign a speed dial to any contact phone number You can assign up to 23 speed dials NOTE You cannot assign 1 the E key as a speed dial The number 1 is reserved for dialing your voicemail system The B and Z keys are also unavailable 1 Open Contacts 2 Search for a contact see Find a contact and tap the contact name Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 115 116 3 Open the application menu and tap Set Speed Dial Pick a speed dial phone number 555 555 1289 MOB LE 555 555 4485 WORK 555 555 6321 HOME k ud 4 Tap the phone number you want to assign a speed dial to and then do one of the following e To assign a speed dial Tap the key to use as a speed dial e To reassign a speed dial to the selected number Tap the assigned speed dial and then tap Reassign To Name TIP To remove a speed dial from a number open the contact open the application menu and tap Set Speed Dial Tap the number and tap Remove Speed Dial key letter Assign a reminder message to a contact If you have an important message or a question for a contact you can enter a reminder right on your phone The next time you and the contact are in touch whether by phone call email or text message IM a notification appears showing the contact name and a message bubbl
184. her pages see Reorder Launcher pages or Rename a Launcher page Location Nothing is backed up Services Memos All memos Messaging Usernames for IM accounts Message contents passwords attachments and history Chapter 11 Preferences 191 172 Table 1 Backup details Application Backed up Not backed up Music Nothing is backed up Keep a copy of these files on your computer see Copy files between your phone and your computer PDF View Nothing is backed up Keep a copy of these files on your computer see Copy files between your phone and your computer Phone Nothing is backed up Photos Username for online accounts that sync like Facebook and Photobucket PowerPoin See entry for Quickoffice t Quickoffice Usernames and passwords for your Quickoffice accounts Regional Nothing is backed up Settings Screen amp Nothing is backed up Lock Chapter 11 Preferences No photos are backed up On your computer keep a copy of the photos that are on your phone see Copy files between your phone and your computer Passwords for online accounts that sync like Facebook and Photobucket Documents spreadsheets and presentations Keep a copy of these files on your computer see Copy files between your phone and your computer Table 1 Backup details Application Backed up Not backed up Software Manager Sounds amp Ringtones Tasks Text Assist Third part
185. hone Tap to accept tentatively accept or decline an invitation Here are the key features of meeting invitations e Meeting invitations appear on your phone in the Email application not in the Calendar application Chapter 6 Email text multimedia and instant messaging 97 98 e From within the Email application you can accept decline or tentatively accept a meeting Invitation e If you accept or tentatively accept an invitation it appears as an event in Calendar e You can reply to and forward meeting invitations in the same way as email messages TIP If you receive an updated meeting invitation you can again choose to accept decline or tentatively accept If you receive a meeting cancellation open the message and tap Remove From Calendar to delete the meeting from your calendar Send email messages from within another application Use the share menu item in any application that supports this feature to send an item as an attachment to an email message This feature is available in the Contacts Photos PDF View and Memos applications among others Depending on the app the menu item might be named Share Send or Email For details see the section in this guide on the specific application Messaging What kinds of messages can send and receive You can use the Messaging application to send and receive the following types of messages e Text and multimedia messages see Create and send a text or mult
186. hone see Change account login settings entered the settings to sync with Exchange but can t synchronize with my company s Exchange server Check with your system administrator to find out if a systemwide locking policy is in place A notification tells me that ActiveSync encountered a problem on the server There is a temporary problem with the server or the server may be temporarily overloaded Try again later and if the problem persists contact your system administrator A notification tells me that there is not enough free memory to synchronize 1 Tap the center of the gesture area to display Card view 2 Scroll through the cards and note how many applications are open 3 Close any application you are not using by throwing its card off the top of the screen If the problem persists see Making room on your phone for other suggestions A notification tells me that the server could not be reached Make sure your phone is connected either to your wireless service provider s network or to a Wi Fi network see Icons in the title bar If you have a network connection and receive this notification it means your phone had to wait too long to connect to the Exchange server The connection may have been lost the server may be temporarily overloaded or the server may have encountered an internal error Check your Exchange server name and proxy server settings see Set up email Microsoft Exchange and try again late
187. hoto icon that means that you re looking at a linked contact with combined info from contacts you re storing in separate accounts 555 555 3082 WORK ipl 1 Tap the photo icon to see the contacts that are linked 2 Emily is a contact in your Google online account and in your Palm profile account 3 Scroll down to see Emily s combined contact info You can unlink linked contacts and you can manually link contacts see Unlink a contact or Link a contact Use Contacts for the first time Open Contacts eh Your Contacts Accounts Add An Account AS Do one of the following e To set up an online account to sync Tap Add An Account and go to step 3 e To open Contacts without creating an online account Tap Done This opens your Palm profile account and you can start creating contacts in this account To set up an account that is listed tap the account type enter the account information tap Sign in and then tap Done If you are setting up an Exchange account to keep your Exchange account secure you must enter a password or PIN that will be required to unlock the phone Tap Set Password or Set Pin Enter a password or PIN and tap Done If you encounter problems while setting up an Exchange account see Set up email Microsoft Exchange to learn about setting up an account manually To set up an account type that is not listed tap Find More tap an app and follow the in
188. ht Phone Contacts Email Calendar and the Launcher You can change the order of icons except the Launcher icon in Quick Launch see Reorder Quick Launch icons or swap in whatever applications you like see Line up your favorite applications in Quick Launch NOTE Ifyou have a notification or the dashboard is open see View and respond to notifications you need to dismiss the open item to access Quick Launch When you re in an app make the following gesture to display Quick Launch and open one of its applications 1 Drag up slowly from the gesture area to the screen NOTE Don t confuse this drag up with the up gesture which is a quick flick up from the gesture area to the screen Chapter 2 Basics 29 30 2 Move your finger to the application icon When you see the app name appear lift your finger The application opens Open an application using Just Type For detailed information on the Just Type feature see Just Type 1 Tap the center of the gesture area to open Card view 2 Begin typing the name of the application or one of its keywords see Use application keywords 3 When the application icon appears in the search results tap it Work with applications Go up one level in an app back gesture The back gesture takes you up one level from a detailed level to a more general view of the application you re working in For example when you finish reading an email message make the back g
189. ice e The screen prompts you to enter a passkey Check the documentation that came with the other device to see if there s a required passkey If so enter that passkey on your phone If not make up a passkey and enter it on both devices Accept a pairing request from another device To establish the relationship between your phone and another device the Bluetooth app must be open the app window must be maximized and Bluetooth must be turned on After you successfully establish the relationship with the other device however the Bluetooth app doesn t need to be open to use the Bluetooth connection but Bluetooth must be turned on 1 Open Bluetooth 2 Make sure Bluetooth is on see Turn the Bluetooth feature on off 3 Initiate a pairing from the other device When the connection request appears tap Yes allow If a passkey is not required pairing is complete when the Devices list appears If a passkey screen appears do one of the following e An automatically generated passkey appears on the passkey screen Check the other device screen to verify that the passkey is correct and tap Yes connect to connect e The screen displays a passkey generated by your phone Enter the displayed passkey on the other device e The screen prompts you to enter a passkey Check the documentation that came with the other device to see if there s a required passkey If so enter that passkey on your phone If not make up a passkey
190. ice plan incurs additional charges for data services and you want to minimize data service charges by using a Wi Fi connection instead e You want to maintain a web connection while talking on the phone e You re inside a coverage area but outside your wireless service provider s UMTS 3G or HSDPA coverage area A Wi Fi connection may provide faster throughput than a GPRS or EDGE data connection Are there different kinds of Wi Fi networks There are two types of Wi Fi networks Chapter 9 Web and wireless connections Open networks These networks broadcast their name SSID and do not require you to enter a password or other settings To learn how to connect to an open network for the first time see Connect to a new open network Secure networks These networks may broadcast their name but at the very least they require you to enter a password that you get from an administrator who may be for example the librarian or the person behind the counter at the coffee shop You may also have to get other network settings from the system administrator To learn how to connect to a secure network for the first time see Connect to a new secure network To connect to either type of network after the first time see Connect to a previously used network Turn Wi Fi on off Do one of the following e Open Wi Fi and tap On or Off Preferences Join network Your phone automatically connects to known networks
191. iew tap to return to Map view Chapter 9 Web and wireless connections 175 176 Table 1 Google maps icons Make a pairing request to another device BEFORE YOU BEGIN The other device must be discoverable to appear on your phone s Devices list Check the documentation that came with the other device for information on making it discoverable Icon Description g Satellite View a satellite photo of the map area g Traffic View local traffic conditions 7 Clear Map Clear the current map Help amp Terms Get help x Close Menu Close the Google Maps menu You can make a pairing request to a Bluetooth audio device such as a headset car kit or A2DP stereo Bluetooth device Open Bluetooth TIP You can also open the Bluetooth app by opening the connection menu tapping Bluetooth and tapping Bluetooth Preferences Bluetooth wireless technology What is Bluetooth wireless technology With the Bluetooth wireless technology on your phone you can connect to a number of Bluetooth devices including a hands free device such as a headset or car kit see Set up and use a Bluetooth hands free device If your computer is enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology you may also be able to use your phone to connect your computer to the Internet see Use your phone as a modem Before you can connect to another Bluetooth device you need to pair with that device You can either make the pairing request fr
192. il Account S Exchange 3 Gmail Yahoo Mail h d 3 Enter your email address and password and tap Sign In 4 Tap Done NOTE If automatic setup fails for your email account an error message appears Tap Manual Setup or Find a Synergy Service gather the settings info you need and enter the account settings see Set up email when automatic setup fails Set up email Microsoft Exchange Follow this procedure to get email for an Exchange account BEFORE YOU BEGIN Get this info from your email provider or system administrator e Mail server name or IP address for receiving mail e Server domain name e Your username and password NOTE If your corporate Exchange system utilizes policies such as remote wipe and password enforcement including minimum password length allowed number of failed password attempts and other parameters those policies are supported in your Exchange account on your phone Check with your system administrator for details 1 Open Email 2 Doone of the following e The first time you open Email tap Exchange e If you have already set up an account that takes advantage of the Synergy feature and want to set up another one tap Add An Account and tap Exchange Chapter 6 Email text multimedia and instant messaging 87 88 e Any other time you open Email open the application menu tap Preferences amp Accounts tap Add Account and then tap Exchange
193. ile name Attached pictures are displayed within the message Tap Copy Photo to save an attached JPG picture 4 Optional Do any of the following e To call a number Tap the number and tap D e To send an email Tap the email address e To go to a web address Tap it Add a contact from a text or multimedia message To add a message sender as a contact 1 In Conversations view tap a conversation with someone who is not a contact 2 Tap the header at the top of the screen 3 Tap Add To Contacts 4 Tap one of the following Add New Contact Create a new contact for the name or address Add To Existing Tap the contact you want to add the name or address to Forward a message 1 In a conversation tap a message 2 Doone of the following e To forward the message through Messaging Tap Forward and enter the recipient s number or address in the To field e To forward the message in an email Tap Forward Via Email and enter the recipient s name or email address in the To field 3 Optional Tap the message text and edit the text 4 Tap Copy messages You can copy an individual message as plain text You can also copy the contents of an entire conversation 1 Open Messaging 2 Tap a conversation 3 Do one of the following e To copy the entire conversation Open the application menu tap Edit and tap Copy All e To copy a single message Tap the message and tap Copy Text View a contact s i
194. imedia message e Instant messages for an IM account you already have set up online see Set up an instant messaging IM account The Synergy feature enables the Messaging app to gather all your text multimedia and instant messages to and from the same contact into a Chapter 6 Email text multimedia and instant messaging single conversation sometimes called a thread So you can see your entire message history with someone regardless of the different methods you happened to use to communicate with that person see Work with conversations You can even switch from account to account without losing the thread of your conversation see Switch between messaging accounts in a conversation just pick the messaging account that s most likely to keep you in unbroken contact with the person you re talking to Work with conversations When you exchange more than one message with a person the messages are grouped into a conversation A single conversation can contain text multimedia and IM messages When you start or continue a conversation the upper part of Conversation view displays all messages you ve exchanged with this person and the bottom part provides the area where you type your next message You can carry on multiple conversations at the same time Open Messaging 2 Doone of the following e Start anew conversation Create a message see Create and send a text or multimedia message or Send and recei
195. ing or receiving messages and 89 national emergency phone numbers 69 network settings 83 160 network times 195 network types 83 See also specific types networks 160 161 162 New card command 171 next gesture 199 normal use position 242 notes 125 130 207 See also memos notifications contacts and 70 defined 229 email 90 event 125 Facebook 138 icons 13 153 locked screen 200 messages and 89 106 responding to 41 212 sounds for 70 125 troubleshooting 219 webOS 140 Now Playing list 154 155 numbers 35 67 81 136 O online accounts See also accounts email accounts availability of 231 backup summary 190 data transfer to 61 defined 59 229 Quickoffice 185 synchronization of 8 62 86 110 120 122 215 uploading to 149 online address books 68 110 online calendars 110 121 128 See also calendars online pictures accounts 147 online status 104 106 online support 10 open hotspots 164 165 open Wi Fi networks 160 161 opening application menu 39 applications 28 30 54 attachments 93 102 connection menu 40 files 182 185 maps 118 web pages 170 174 operating system 230 233 Option key 13 34 35 229 organizer features 109 outage information 218 Outlook data export from 62 207 216 notes 133 synchronization 207 216 overdue tasks 131 P pacemakers 240 page indicators 13 29 pairing devices 1 6 178 Palm Desktop software 62 207 216 Palm mobile hotspot 163 166 Palm online support 10 Palm OS 45
196. ion menu and tap Share 2 Create the email message and tap 2 Type the text you want to find and press Enter QJ or tap The first l instance of the text appears highlighted View bookmarks 3 Do one of the following If a PDF file was created with bookmarks you can see the bookmarks on your phone e To find the next instance Tap KA e To find the preceding instance Tap A 4 To exit search open the application menu and tap Find 186 Chapter 10 Documents With the file open open the application menu and tap Bookmarks PDF View ac li Mobile products for extra A culture of game cha Welcome to the Palm Fou 2 The Palm Foundation is The Palm Mobile Learn 5 Palm is dedicated to su Frequently Asked Que h ud To search for a specific bookmark type the bookmark name Tap a bookmark to jump to that section of the file Chapter 10 Documents 187 188 Chapter 10 Documents Preferences There are lots of ways to make your Palm Pre 2 phone work better for you Personalize your phone to make it match your lifestyle You can easily customize many features of your phone like the wallpaper screen brightness ringtone for incoming calls and more In this chapter 190 194 195 198 198 200 Backup Date amp Time Device Info Regional Settings Screen amp Lock Sounds amp Ringtones Chapter 11 Preferences 189 190 Backup Backup is one
197. ions on calling a contact you designate as a favorite see Dial a favorite Create a favorite You can also create favorites in Contacts see Create a favorite and from your call history see View your call history 1 Open Phone amp 2 Tap J 3 Tap Add Favorite search for the contact and tap the contact when the name appears Wireless Service 5 36 Calvin Lee M 510 555 1289 Add Favorite 4 Ifthe contact has more than one phone number tap the number you want to set as the favorite When you call the favorite the call goes out using this number View favorite details From the favorites list you can get in touch with a favorite by dialing a different phone number send a message or view the favorite s contact entry 1 Open Phone amp 2 Tap ES 3 Tap the contact photo or contact f icon to the right of the favorite name 4 Doone of the following e To call the favorite using a different number Tap the number e To send the favorite a text multimedia message Tap e To view the favorite s contact entry Tap View Contact Add a phone number to a favorite If you create a favorite in Contacts but the contact does not have a phone number associated with it you can add a phone number to the favorite in Phone 1 Open Phone amp 2 Tap and tap the favorite 3 Enter the number and tap to select the phone number type see Create a contact for information 4 Tap Done NOTE You can
198. isual voicemail messages Phone 3G all D Kristen Kreuk MOBILE 0 20 sec Mom HOME 0 31sec 202 555 9448 517 555 2517 Remove from favorites View contact Qo TIP You can also listen to voicemail messages directly from your call history see View your call history 3 To listen to a message Tap the caller name or number To pause playback tap I To resume playback tap I Drag the slider to move forward or backward through a message 4 There are a number of ways to reply to and forward voicemail from visual voicemail See the following sections for details on each To call back the caller Tap or the contact picture to the right of the caller name or number Tap the number you want to use to call that person To send a message to the caller Tap and hold the visual voicemail entry and then do one of the following e Tap to the right of a mobile number Create and send a text or multimedia message see Create and send a text or multimedia message e Tap Reply gt via Message Create and send a text or multimedia message see Create and send a text or multimedia message Chapter 5 Phone 71 72 To forward a voicemail Tap and hold the visual voicemail entry and then tap Forward gt via Message Create and send a text or multimedia message see Forward a message To view contact details for a caller Tap 2 or the contact picture to the right of the caller name or number Tap View Con
199. iustrud Feugue tat ipisl incilit ummo lobore dolore Owen ty urls S DR Gf JLK DX coc vein Mo lt D Drag an item Tap and hold the item drag it and then lift your finger to drop it You get a visual cue that the item is ready to be dragged For example an icon in the Launcher is ready to be dragged when you see a halo around the icon A card in Card view is ready to be dragged when it becomes transparent Chapter 2 Basics 27 28 Delete a list item Throw the item off the side of the screen If prompted tap Delete to confirm the deletion The delete gesture is available in applications such as Email Messaging Tasks Music and Bluetooth If you can t delete a list item by throwing it open the item and look in the application menu for a Delete menu item TIP To delete multiple list items throw each one off the screen If you get the Delete confirmation prompt after throwing the first item you don t need to tap it just throw the second item and the first deletion is confirmed automatically Chapter 2 Basics Open applications You can have as many applications open at one time as you like limited only by the amount of memory available on your phone at the time Open an application in the Launcher The Launcher displays all your applications The Launcher includes multiple pages which you can organize to group apps the way you want see Reorder Launcher icons and Reorder Launch
200. join in conference depends on your service plan Additional charges may apply and minutes in your mobile account may be deducted for each call you make Contact your wireless service provider for more information 1 Make or answer a first call and then make or answer a second call 2 Tap H to create the conference call Wireless Service 5 36 Cathy Shore 510 555 0237 On hold E 1 510 555 7592 CALIFORNIA 0 04 Do any of the following e To add callers tap K e To extract a call from the conference and talk privately tap the caller name or number and then tap big e To return an extracted call to the conference tap ff When you re done tap E to end either an extracted call or the conference call Look up or send a message to a contact When you re on a call with a contact tap the contact name to see the person s information in Contacts With the contact entry open you can do the following e Tap to send the contact a text message For example if the contact is on hold while you re having a long conversation with a second caller you can send the contact a text stating you ll call him or her back e Tap Edit to edit the contact entry For example if a contact gives you his or her new email address while you re talking you can enter the address during the call What s my number If your phone number is stored on your SIM card you can find the number on your phone Not all wirele
201. ken down vehicle posing no serious hazard a broken traffic signal a minor traffic accident where no one appears injured or a vehicle you know to be stolen call roadside assistance or other special non emergency wireless number General Operation Prolonged Views of Screen If you are driving do not access any function requiring a prolonged view of the screen Pull over in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention Even occasional short scans to the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving task at a critical time Volume Setting Do not raise the volume excessively Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause an accident Let Your Judgment Prevail The Device Software is only an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations The Device Software is not a substitute for your personal judgment Hands Free Capability All CTIA Certified portable products provide the consumer with a toll free number for the purchase of a compatible hands free device call 1 800 881 7256 ESD Safety Electrostatic discharge ESD can cause damage to electronic devices if discharged into the device so you should take steps to avoid such an occurrence Do not touch the SIM card
202. l In Messaging you can dial a contact from a conversation by tapping Text or the IM account name in the upper right corner of the screen to open a list of phone numbers you have for that contact and then tapping the number you want to call Receive calls If you want to answer calls your phone must be on This is different from having only the screen turned on see Turn the phone on off When your phone is off your calls go to voicemail You can pick the ringtone for incoming calls see Select the ringtone for incoming calls You can set a ringtone for individual contacts as well see Add a ringtone to a contact Answer a call Do one of the following If the screen is on when the phone starts ringing tap Chapter 5 Phone 69 70 Wireless Service 5 36 Enter name or Cathy Shore 510 555 0267 If the screen is off drag up to unlock the screen and answer the call e If a headset is attached press the headset button DID YOU KNOW If you are playing music or a video on your phone and a call arrives playback pauses automatically and resumes when you hang up or ignore the call TIP You can see a photo of the person calling you by assigning a caller ID photo See Add a photo to a contact Silence the ringer on an incoming call When you silence the ringer on an incoming call you can answer the call or let it ring through to voicemail Do one of the following Press power gt e P
203. lashing light Do not dispose of in a fire Avoid contact with magnetic media Avoid Extreme Temperatures Avoid contact with liquid keep dry Do not try and disassemble Do not rely on this device for emergency communications Only use approved accessories FCC Statements This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver e Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected e Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions
204. less service provider for information on pricing and availability Look in the Launcher to see if Palm mobile hotspot is already installed on your phone If it s not in the Launcher download it for free from App Catalog 1 Open App Catalog F 2 Type mobile hotspot in the search field 3 Tap Palm mobile hotspot gay 4 Tap Download for free If Palm mobile hotspot is not in App Catalog it is likely that the app is not supported by your wireless service provider Create a secure hotspot 1 Open Palm mobile hotspot gay 2 The first time you open Palm mobile hotspot tap OK to continue 3 Tap Off to turn on Palm mobile hotspot 4 Ifyou are connected to a Wi Fi network tap Continue to disconnect Chapter 9 Web and wireless connections NOTE The phone must remain connected to the network of your wireless service provider so don t use airplane mode to turn off Wi Fi 5 Do one of the following e If this is your first time launching Palm mobile hotspot enter a passphrase and tap Done Mobile Hotspot Set Passphrase enter passphrase Must be 8 to 63 characters Create Open Network Cancel e If you have an open hotspot set up already tap Open and tap WPA WPA2 Personal Enter a passphrase and tap Done 6 Optional To customize the name of your hotspot tap the name in Network Info enter a new name and tap Done 7 After you create the hotspot go to the device you want to connect to the Intern
205. lications Card view e The lighted bar also appears when you tap the center of the gesture area to maximize a card in Card view e When the screen is off the lighted bar pulses when a notification arrives and continues to pulse until you tap the notification or turn on the screen see Get notifications when the screen is locked or off Basic gestures Tap Tap with the tip of the finger not the fingernail Tap fast and firmly and then immediately lift your fingertip off the screen Don t bear down on what you re tapping Don t wait for a response the response comes after you lift your finger Don t linger on the gesture a tap takes a split second to do Tap the center of the gesture area to do the following e When you re working in an application tap the center of the gesture area to see Card view Card view shows you all the applications that are currently open displayed as a series of cards small windows e When you re in Card view tap the center of the gesture area to maximize the app in the center of the view Swipe A swipe is most often a horizontal gesture from right to left or left to right Do it fast do it lightly In a swipe your fingertip just skims the surface of the touchscreen or gesture area One kind of swipe you ll use a lot back Make the back gesture from right to left anywhere in the gesture area Back takes you up one level from a detailed view to a more general view of the application you
206. ll it to see if the problem recurs 9 Ifthe problem recurs delete the last application you installed and report the problem to its developer Getting more help Contact the author or vendor of any third party software if you require further assistance Neither Palm nor your wireless service provider provides technical support for applications that are not built into your phone Making room on your phone If you store a large number of files or install many third party applications the internal memory on your phone may fill up Here are some ways to clear space on your phone e Photos Videos Music Amazon MP3 if available Quickoffice PDF View Large files take up a lot of memory Move files to your computer see Copy files between your phone and your computer or delete them from your phone e Email Email attachments can be large and consume lots of memory Copy attachments to your computer see Copy files between your phone and your computer or delete large files from your phone see Delete a message You may also want to empty the deleted items folder e Web Delete stored web browsing information by clearing your history cookies and cache see Customize web browser settings e Third party applications You can delete infrequently used applications see Delete an application Chapter 12 Troubleshooting 225 226 Chapter 12 Troubleshooting Glossary of Terms airplane mode A mode in which all
207. lm Desktop by ACCESS and the Mac s iCal and Address Book software It s also likely that you store some personal data in accounts that you created on the web These are called online accounts Sometimes you ll hear that data stored in online accounts is stored in the cloud that s just another way to say that your data is stored on a server that you access through the Internet For example if you have a Google Gmail or a Yahoo account you have a contact list stored in the cloud You may even use the calendars in these accounts to keep track of your schedule so you may also have calendar events stored in the cloud Finally you may have important phone numbers stored only on an old phone You no longer use that phone now that you have a Palm Pre 2 phone but you want those numbers on your new phone You want to be able to access all this data on your phone This section explains how you can do that The actual how to part of getting your personal data on your phone is pretty simple But before you take that step we recommend that you spend some time thinking about where you want your personal data to be stored and how you want to access it On your phone and in the cloud You can set up a sync relationship between your phone and an online account in the cloud This enables you to create and change data in one place on your phone or in the online account and have it show up in both places On your phone and on your co
208. lm Pre 2 phone s web browser you can take the web with you almost anywhere you go 160 Wi Fi 163 Palm mobile hotspot You can use your phone s Wi Fi feature to connect to a 166 VPN public work or home network The Bluetooth ie ecsan cence wireless technology on your Palm Pre 2 phone helps 170 Web you easily set up wireless connections to a number of 175 Google Maps 176 Bluetooth wireless technology 179 Use your phone as a modem devices Chapter 9 Web and wireless connections 159 160 Wi Fi What is a Wi Fi connection Many environments such as corporate offices coffee shops airports and libraries offer access to a Wi Fi network which is a wireless local area network WLAN To access this WLAN you connect your phone to the WLAN through a Wi Fi access point also called a hotspot When you re within range of an accessible Wi Fi network you can use your phone s Wi Fi feature to connect to that network and access the web Your phone supports W Fi connectivity based on the 802 11 standard 80211b and 802 11g with WPA WPA2 WEP and 8021x authentication TIP Your Palm Pre 2 phone is itself a Wi Fi access point Use your phone to connect your laptop to the Internet See Palm mobile hotspot Why use a Wi Fi connection A Wi Fi connection is especially helpful in the following situations e You re outside a coverage area and you want to access the web e Your wireless service provider s serv
209. menu tap Page and tap Share Create the email message To display the address bar Start typing a search term or web address or scroll to the top of the page If the page title is displayed tap it to view or edit the URL To save a photo to Photos Press and hold Option and tap the photo Tap Copy to Photos Add a web page to the Launcher Add any web pages you visit frequently to the Launcher so you can access them in a few taps 1 Open the page you want to add to the Launcher Chapter 9 Web and wireless connections 171 172 4 Open the application menu tap Page and tap Add To Launcher http www palm com URL Add To Launcher ee ee Enter any of the following Icon Tap the currently displayed page icon thumbnail Then tap hold and drag the web page to use a different portion of the page as the Launcher icon You can zoom into or out of the page while selecting the portion you want to use The portion that appears in the white Square is used as the icon Tap Done Title See Text selection gestures for useful gestures if you want to edit the page title URL Enter or edit the URL for the page For example change the URL to the home page of a site instead of a drill down page within the site Tap Add To Launcher The page now appears as an icon on the Launcher Tap the icon to open the page To delete the page from the launcher see Delete an application Chapter 9 Web and wireless
210. ming call uses caller ID blocking you cannot save the number 1 Do one of the following e If you enter a phone number in Just Type that is not associated with a contact tap Add to Contacts e Before dialing a number you entered in the dial pad tap Add to Contacts During a call tap i e After a call from the dial pad tap Tap the contact icon to the right of the number and tap Add To Contacts 2 Tap one of the following Add New Contact Create a new contact for the phone number Add To Existing Tap the contact you want to add the phone number to Use a phone headset You can connect the headset that came with your phone or any 3 5mm headset sold separately for hands free operation WARNING If driving while using a phone is permitted in your area we recommend using a headset or hands free car kit sold separately However be aware that use of a headset that covers both ears impairs your ability to hear other sounds Use of such a headset while operating a motor vehicle or riding a bicycle may create a serious hazard to you and others and may be illegal If you must use a stereo headset while driving place a speaker in only one ear Leave the other ear free to hear outside noises and use the headset only if it is legal and you can do so safely Use a wired headset Your phone works with headsets that have a 3 5mm connector look for three colored bands on the plug When in doubt ask the third par
211. mobile network These indicate that wireless services are off airplane mode TIP When your phone is in airplane mode you can turn the Wi Fi and Bluetooth features on individually see Turn Wi Fi on off and Turn the Bluetooth feature on off To turn your phone back on you must turn airplane mode off Turn wireless services on When you turn on your phone it automatically connects to your mobile network so that you can make and receive phone calls and use other wireless services if supported by the local network If airplane mode is turned on you need to turn it off before you can connect to your mobile network Tap the upper right corner of any screen to open the connection menu Tap Turn off Airplane Mode Chapter 2 Basics 2i 22 When your phone locates a signal your wireless service provider name appears in the upper left of the screen in the Launcher Card view and Phone and the signal strength W icon appears at the top of the screen Wireless Service 10 27 These indicate that wireless services are on When you are inside a coverage area the bars of the signal strength i icon are filled in according to the strength of the signal If you re outside a coverage area the bars in the signal strength icon appear dimmed with an X Shut down your phone Usually turning your phone off and or putting it in airplane mode is sufficient for normal periods when you have the phone with you but you re
212. mputer You can set up a sync relationship between your phone and selected desktop organizers Different kinds of sync relationships are possible using third party solutions This enables you to create and change data in one place on your phone or in the desktop organizer and have it show up in both places Chapter 4 Copy files and sync your personal data 59 60 On your phone only Store and create contact and calendar data in your Palm profile account It s backed up to your Palm profile on Palm s servers You cannot create or change data except on your phone NOTE Data that you store in your Palm profile account cannot be accessed anywhere but on your phone Palm profile account data is backed up daily to Palm s servers where your data is stored in encrypted form No one not even you can see that data on Palm s servers For further information about getting personal data onto your phone see palm com migrate webOS Table 1 Data transfer and synchronization solutions for Palm webOS phones What does Palm recommend We recommend that you set up a Google account and move your contacts and calendar data to the cloud That way you can access create and change your data both on your phone and in your Google online account The remaining personal data that you create on your phone tasks and memos are automatically backed up as part of your Palm profile Use the following table to review your options Then cli
213. n The range varies greatly depending on environmental factors The maximum is about 30 feet 10 meters NOTE You can use a stereo A2DP enabled Bluetooth headset or speakers to listen to music files on your phone You cannot however use a mono Bluetooth headset to listen to music files 1 Open Bluetooth 2 Ifthe Bluetooth setting at the top of the screen is off tap Off to switch the Bluetooth feature from Off to On 3 Tap Add device and tap the device name 4 Touse a Bluetooth device with your phone follow the instructions that came with the Bluetooth device 5 To switch to another Bluetooth device while on a call Tap ft and tap the new device name You can also tap Handset or Speaker to use your phone without the headset TIP If you make a Bluetooth connection with a car kit you might get a notification on your phone asking if you want to upload contacts to the car kit Tap Allow to upload contacts If you later want to delete the contacts from the car kit check the car kit documentation for instructions For more information on using the Bluetooth feature on your phone see Bluetooth wireless technology Chapter 5 Phone 79 80 Customize phone settings Use Phone Preferences to customize phone settings Preferences 7 36 3G all T r p gt Q Phone Preferences 408 555 7415 Show Contact Matches Call Forwarding Show My Caller ID L Call Waiting CHO Turn conta
214. n Videos amp 2 Tap Video roll and tap the video date or title 3 To rename the video tap the video date or name and enter a new name 4 To add a description tap Description and enter the description 5 To begin editing the video tap 6 Turn your phone to landscape view 7 The sequence of frames that make up the video is displayed at the bottom of the screen To shorten the video tap hold and drag the handles on either end of the video frame selector 8 To make adjustments to the portion you selected for saving without changing the length of the selected portion tap and hold the middle of the saved portion and then move the whole frame selector left or right 1 Handle 2 Handle 3 Tap and hold here to move the frame selector 9 Tap The edited copy of the video is saved in Video Roll along with the original Upload or share videos you recorded 1 Open Videos amp 2 Tap Video Roll and tap the video date or title 3 Tap is and tap any of the following Share via email or Trim amp share via email If a video is above the maximum size allowed for sending by email you can trim the video to an appropriate size see Edit videos you recorded Share via MMS or Trim amp share via MMS If a video is above the maximum size allowed for sending by MMS you can trim the video to an appropriate size see Edit videos you recorded Upload If your video web service is not yet set up on your phone tap Add An
215. n it appears Redial the last number dialed 1 Open Phone amp 2 Tap Ry When the contact name or number appears at the top of the screen tap O again to dial Dial your national emergency number To dial your national emergency number such as 911 112 or 999 do the following 1 Press power S to wake up the screen if needed 2 Drag up to unlock the screen if needed 3 Doone of the following e If Secure Unlock is not on see Set options for unlocking the screen tap the center of the gesture area to display Card view if Card view is not displayed Enter the emergency number and tap the number to dial You don t have to press Option Q to enter numbers e If Secure Unlock is on tap Tap to dial emergency call and then tap Emergency call Edit the displayed number if needed and then tap By to dial NOTE Ifthe phone is turned off that is if it s in airplane mode you don t have to turn it on It automatically tries to connect to a network to make the call Dial from another application If a phone number appears in another application as an underlined link you can begin dialing the number directly from that application For example you can dial phone numbers that appear in web pages in messages email text or multimedia or in notes to calendar events 1 If a phone number appears as an underlined link tap the number This displays the dial pad with the number already entered 2 Tap O to dia
216. nage online accounts for information on how to create an online account on your phone Table 3 Online account sync table Set up your Pre 2 phone to To sync this data sync with Google Contacts and calendar events Exchange Contacts calendar events and tasks Yahoo Contacts and calendar events Facebook Contacts and calendar events NOTE Changes you make in your Yahoo or Facebook account on the web show up on your phone There s nothing you have to do You cannot however change Yahoo or Facebook contacts and calendar events on your phone Sync your desktop organizer and your phone Google eZ bT If you want to continue using a desktop organizer to store your contacts calendar events and tasks iCal and Address Book on the Mac or desktop Outlook or Palm Desktop by ACCESS on Windows you have two choices e Sync directly with your desktop organizer avoiding the web completely e Sync your desktop organizer with Google on the web and then sync Google with your phone Both choices require you to use a third party solution sold separately Go to palm com sync solutions to learn more about these third party solutions Sync directly with your desktop organizer If you prefer to sync your Pre 2 phone directly to your computer without going through the web using Wi Fi Bluetooth technology or your phone s USB cable you can download a third party application sold separately
217. nd playlists from your computer to your phone e To browse a music store to preview or purchase songs if available Tap the music store name Continue making selections until the song you want appears Tap the song name Songs play in the order they are displayed onscreen To listen to them in random order Tap Shuffle All Use music playback controls Use the volume button on the left side of your phone to control the sound level Music All Songs Like The Way Your Sun Shines Careless Hearts R lt lt IT gt Table 6 Music playback controls Control Function rp Play Dl Pause Chapter 8 Photos videos and music Table 6 Music playback controls Control Function Rewind 7 Fast forward Shuffle current playlist Repeat Tap once to repeat the current song Tap again to repeat the entire playlist BEREB Move forward or backward Tap and hold the slider and then drag it right to move forward or left to move backward To display the slider tap the text below the album art in Album Art view DID YOU KNOW Ifyou stop playback of an audio file for which the Genre field is defined as podcast speech spoken word netcast or audiobook when you play the item again playback resumes at the point it was stopped Return to the Now Playing display from anywhere in the Music app You can move around the Music app while a song is playing To return to the Now Playing view fr
218. nd while roaming For example you can set options to prevent placing a call or making a data connection while roaming so that you avoid extra charges 1 Open Phone amp amp 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Under Network set any of the following Network Auto Select Set whether your phone automatically selects a network If you turn auto select off tap the network to use Network Type Set whether your phone automatically connects to any available a network type or whether to connect to 3G networks only or 2G networks only Data Roaming Set whether to allow web browsing email multimedia messaging and instant messaging when you are roaming Data Usage Set whether to turn data services web browsing email multimedia messaging and instant messaging on or off Manually select network settings If your phone cannot read the network settings from your SIM card during setup you can manually enter the settings BEFORE YOU BEGIN Obtain the following from your wireless service provider e The Internet access point name APN e Your username and password for accessing the Internet APN e The multimedia messaging APN name MMS APN e Your username and password for accessing the multimedia messaging APN e The multimedia messaging service center name MMSC e The multimedia messaging proxy server name MMS proxy e The maximum multimedia messaging size 1 Open Phone amp amp 2 Open
219. nd your desktop organizer using a third party solution Work with your wireless service provider to transfer data from the old phone to an account on your new phone either an online account accessible in the cloud or your Palm profile account accessible only on your phone Create new contacts and new calendar events in your Palm profile account desktop organizer on your computer See Sync your desktop organizer and your phone See Transfer data from an old phone See Backup Transfer data from an old phone BEFORE YOU BEGIN If you want the data from your old phone to be transferred to an online account be sure you set up that account on the web and on your phone first e On your computer create an account on the Google website go to gmail com or in Exchange speak to an IT person at your company e Set up the same account on your phone see Manage online accounts e Go to one of your wireless service provider s stores and ask a support agent for help in transferring data from your old phone When you re ready to transfer data from your old phone be sure to tell the agent which account to transfer the data to Export data from a desktop organizer on your computer BEFORE YOU BEGIN If you want the data from your desktop organizer to be transferred to an online account be sure you set up that account on the web and on your phone first e On your computer create an account on the Google website go to gmail c
220. ndars 121 129 See also events alarms and 124 128 backup summary 191 dates on 126 default 128 display of 125 events 121 125 126 Facebook 139 getting started with 122 Google 86 110 121 221 icons 126 online 128 preferences for 128 129 saving 124 synchronizing 110 121 122 128 129 216 troubleshooting 220 221 call forwarding 80 call history 68 73 76 77 78 See also phone calls call waiting 74 81 caller IDs 78 80 114 145 calls See phone calls camera 142 221 233 capitalization 34 36 Caps Lock 34 car kits 79 121 178 card stacks 32 227 Card view 8 27 30 31 227 See also wallpaper emails from 91 94 Facebook status 137 memos from 133 messages from 100 Certificate Manager 197 198 Change Login Settings option 90 Change Wallpaper option 199 character searches 66 characters 35 charger 9 charging dock 20 charging the battery 19 20 205 207 chat rooms See conversations children safety of 241 Cisco AnyConnect VPN profile 167 Clear Cache option 175 Clear Call History command 76 Clear Cookies option 175 Clear History option 175 Clock application 135 136 cloud 59 60 62 colors for calendar entries 122 for email message text 91 96 for memos 134 columns resizing 184 comments Facebook 137 compatibility information 79 207 212 215 conference calls 74 75 connected devices 166 connection menu 40 227 connections Bluetooth device 79 176 177 corporate servers and 216 Internet 159 network
221. nect from it Or tap another device name to disconnect from the current device and connect to the new device Delete a device Deleting a device means you end the relationship you created between your phone and the device This means that you will need to pair with the device again if you want to connect see Make a pairing request to another device or Accept a pairing request from another device If all you want to do is temporarily disconnect from a device see Disconnect from a device 1 Open Bluetooth 2 Throw the name off the side of the screen and tap Delete Rename a device 1 Open Bluetooth 2 Tap and hold the device name 3 Enter anew name Use your phone as a modem BEFORE YOU BEGIN Check with your wireless service provider to see if your service plan supports this feature You can use your phone as a modem by setting up a personal area network PAN Using your phone as a modem lets you access the Internet from your computer anywhere you can connect to your wireless service provider s network 1 Pair your phone and your computer You must initiate the pairing request from your computer see Accept a pairing request from another device 2 After the two devices are paired make a Bluetooth connection from your computer to your phone You must initiate the connection from your computer 3 Tocheck the connection open your computer s web browser If the browser opens successfully to your home page the conne
222. nect your phone to your computer using the USB cable and then press and hold Option O Sym GD U Third party applications Some third party applications may cause conflicts with your phone Third party applications that modify the wireless features of your phone may require extra troubleshooting Use caution when installing the following e Ringtone managers e Caller ID applications e Instant messaging e Applications that modify when your phone or data connections turn on or off and how your phone behaves If you recently installed an application and your phone seems to be stuck try the following in sequence until the problem is resolved 1 Restart your phone see Restart your phone 2 Make sure your third party applications are up to date see Manually check for system updates 3 See if a system update is available see Manually check for system updates 4 Delete the most recently installed application or the application you think could be causing the problem from your phone see Delete an application 5 Perform a backup see Manually back up information to your Palm profile 6 Erase the applications you installed using the Erase Apps amp Data option see Erase data and reset your phone 7 Enter your Palm profile email address and password to restore your backed up information 8 Ifthe problem is resolved begin reinstalling your third party applications one at a time Open each application after you reinsta
223. nesday Customize Text Assist settings You can customize individual Text Assist features auto correction auto capitalization and shortcuts To customize the user dictionary see Edit the user dictionary 1 Open Text Assist o 2 Doany of the following lt fa cant j SN se eee Auto Capitalization Shortcuts Auto Correction System Sound Make a sound when typing is atta corrected Edit User Dictionary e To turn auto capitalization shortcuts or auto correction on or off Tap Off or On for that entry e To change whether a tone plays the phone vibrates or neither happens when an auto correction takes place Tap Alert and then tap System Sound Vibrate or Mute The Alert option is available only if auto correction is turned on Edit the user dictionary 1 Open Text Assist 2 Tap Edit User Dictionary eo z i f ante gt T gt p3 Y A tA oe ae a a Auto Capitalization Shortcuts Auto Correction System Sound Make a sound when typing is atig corrected Edit User Dictionary J To edit the auto correction dictionary tap Learned Words and do any of the following e To add a word to the auto correction dictionary Tap enter the new word and then tap Add e To change the spelling of a word in the auto correction dictionary Tap the word and then type the correction to the word Tap Done e To delete a word from the auto correction
224. network you want to customize see Connect to a new open network Connect to a new secure network or Connect to a previously used network 1 Open Wi Fi 2 Tap the network name 3 In Automatic IP settings tap On or Off e When Automatic IP Settings are on the IP address is automatically and dynamically configured e When Automatic IP Settings are off you can manually configure the IP address 4 Ifyou turned automatic IP settings off enter any of the following Address The IP address of the network Subnet The Subnet address of the network Gateway The Gateway address of the network DNS Servers Addresses 1 and 2 5 Tap Done Palm mobile hotspot What is Palm mobile hotspot Quickly turn your Palm webOS phone into a Wi Fi hotspot for up to five devices Enjoy mobile Internet access for your laptop while on the go and let friends or co workers connect at the same time The app is simple to configure and easy to use IMPORTANT The Palm mobile hotspot requires a fast data connection with your wireless service provider s network and only works when you re within a wireless coverage area Additional data charges or monthly subscription fees may apply Please contact your wireless service provider regarding applicable charges before using this application Be aware that unless your data plan is unlimited you may accumulate significant data charges using this application especially when roaming While Palm mobile h
225. nformation from a message e In a conversation tap the header of a message received from a contact to open the contact entry Dial a number from a message e Tap a phone number and tap D Delete a message 1 In a conversation throw the message off the side of the screen 2 Tap Delete to confirm Delete a conversation 1 In Conversations view throw the conversation off the side of the screen 2 Tap Delete to confirm Block a message sender You can block a person from contacting you by SMS MMS or IM if you don t want to receive any further messages from them You cannot however block a person if they are on your IM buddy list To block an IM buddy you first need to delete them from your buddies list see Delete a buddy 1 Open Messaging amp 2 Tapa conversation with the person you want to block 3 Open the application menu and tap Block This Person 4 Tap Block Set up an instant messaging IM account Your phone supports instant messaging through popular online IM services such as GoogleTalk and AIM If you already have an IM account you can sign in through the Messaging app or through the Accounts app see Manage online accounts If your service provider takes advantage of the Synergy feature and you have already signed in to your account in Email Calendar or Contacts the IM account should already be set up for you 1 Open Messaging amp Chapter 6 Email text multimedia and insta
226. nformation in the online account Add Account Add more Facebook accounts By default the most recent account added becomes your primary account To change your primary account tap Primary Account and tap another account Facebook displays information in your primary account only Facebook beta program Open Help on your phone and go to Tips gt Facebook gt Facebook Beta Program to do any of the following e Learn about app features and how to use them e Give us feedback about the application e Install Facebook Beta 140 Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information Photos videos and music There s no need to carry a separate media player you can play music and videos and view photos on your Palm Pre 2 phone Listen to music through the built in speaker or through a 3 5mm headset or headphones sold separately Take pictures and record videos and then share them with your friends immediately directly from your phone In this chapter 142 143 148 151 152 155 Camera Photos Videos You Tube Music Amazon MP3 Chapter 8 Photos videos and music 141 Camera Take a picture Your phone comes with an easy to use 5 megapixel camera with an LED flash You can use the camera to take pictures and then use the Photos app to view them and send them to your friends and family see Share a picture To add a personal touch to your phone use your pictures as your wallpaper see Save a
227. ng from a phone that s part of the system you need to dial only the last five digits 51122 When you create a dialing shortcut on your phone you select 5 digit numbers for When I Dial and enter 140855 in Use This Dialing Prefix So when you dial your co worker s five digit extension 51122 your phone automatically dials the whole number 1 408 555 1122 Lock or unlock the SIM card You can lock your SIM card to prevent unauthorized use of your mobile account When your SIM card is locked you must enter your PIN to turn on your phone to make or receive calls except for emergency numbers The SIM card remains locked even if you move the card to another phone To unlock your SIM card turn on the phone and enter your PIN BEFORE YOU BEGIN e Get your default PIN from your wireless service provider e Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turn wireless services on 1 Open Phone amp 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Do one of the following To lock the SIM card Tap Lock SIM Card Enter the PIN provided by your wireless service provider to lock the SIM and tap Done The SIM card locks anytime you turn off your phone To turn the phone back on you must enter the PIN To change the PIN Tap Change SIM Card PIN and enter the old PIN Enter the new PIN twice and tap Done To turn off SIM lock Tap Unlock SIM Card Enter the PIN and tap Done Chap
228. ng up synchronization in one app synchronization of the other apps is automatically set up for you For example if you set up your Google contacts account in Contacts before you set up Gmail when you first open Email you find that your Gmail messages are already downloaded And when you first open Calendar you find that your Google calendar events are already in your phone s Calendar app e If you want to specify which apps get data from an online account Set up the account using the Accounts application see Use the Accounts application to set up an online account NOTE Inthe Launcher tap Accounts to see the current list of online accounts you can set up on your phone and from which you can access contact info See Online accounts available for Palm webOS phones to see how major online accounts synchronize data between the web based account and your phone Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information Enter a contact directly in Contacts See Create a contact for instructions You can assign the contact to one of your online address books if you do it synchronizes with the online address book Or you can create the contact in your Palm profile account which means it shows up on your phone only Palm profile contacts are included in the daily backup of your Palm profile information so you can restore them if they are accidentally erased Use a third party sync solution If you want to use a desktop app to
229. nkedIn you also cannot delete from the phone You must delete them from your account on the web to remove them from your phone 3 Do one of the following e To delete only one entry in a linked contact Tap the displayed contact name to open the list of all entries in the linked contact Tap the entry you want and tap Delete This Profile e To delete an unlinked contact or an entire linked contact Open the application menu and tap Delete Contact Tap Delete All Profiles to confirm NOTE If you see Delete Other Profiles rather than Delete All Profiles you have linked contacts that come from accounts whose info you can t change on your phone like Facebook and LinkedIn Tap it To delete any remaining contacts go to the account online using your computer and delete them there Contacts elt Set Speed Dial Add Contact Reminder Add To Launcher Copy To SIM Card Delete Contact Send Contact If you delete a contact that is assigned to an online account the contact is deleted in the online account also Customize Contacts 1 Open Contacts wa Preferences amp Accounts Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts Contacts 14 38 ac lll SIM Contacts 4442300078 tS Palm Profile Susan Madison susan madison palm com Si Exchange ty Susan Madison K New contacts will default to this account a Set the following options List Order Tap to select the c
230. not using it On rare occasions however you may want to put your phone into deep sleep because you are not going to use it for an extended period Chapter 2 Basics At those times shut down the screen and wireless services completely by doing one of the following e Open Device Info and tap Reset Options Tap Shut Down and tap Shut Down again e Press and hold power and tap Power Tap Shut Down Swap Battery and tap Shut Down Wireless Service 5 35 Restart Airplane Mode Power Shut Down Swap Battery Cancel Cancel NOTE When you turn everything off the phone s alarms ringer and notifications are also turned off To turn both the screen and wireless services back on press and hold power until a logo appears onscreen Use gestures tap swipe drag flick pinch Gestures are an important basic part of your phone They re easy to learn and they make working with the phone fast You make most gestures with one finger For a few you need two Make gestures with the tip of your finger Do not use your fingernail Don t bear down You make gestures in two areas on your phone the touchscreen and the gesture area The gesture area is the black area extending along the bottom of the screen Gesture area When you re working in an application the center of the gesture area displays a lighted bar e Tap the bar to minimize the app and display Card view see Display all open app
231. ns 5 Do not take notes look up phone numbers read write email or surf the Internet while driving 6 Dial sensibly and assess the traffic if possible place calls when you are not moving or before pulling into traffic 7 Do not engage in stressful or emotional conversations that may divert your attention from the road 8 Dial your national emergency number to report serious emergencies This is a free call from your phone 9 Use your phone to help others in emergencies 10 Call roadside assistance or a special non emergency wireless number when necessary Driving Safety Tip Details 1 Get to know your phone and its features such as speed dial and redial Carefully read your instruction manual and learn to take advantage of valuable features most phone models offer including automatic redial and memory dial Also work to memorize the phone keyboard so you can use the speed dial function without taking your attention off the road 2 Use a hands free device A number of hands free phone accessories are readily available today Whether you choose an installed mounted device for your phone or a speakerphone accessory take advantage of these devices If driving while using a phone is permitted in your area we recommend using a phone headset or a hands free car kit sold separately However be aware that use of a headset that covers both ears impairs your ability to hear other sounds Use of such a headset while operating a motor vehicle or
232. nt Web Photos Quickoffice mobile office software PDF View Double tap the screen Chapter 2 Basics Text selection gestures For information on working with text after you select it see Cut copy and paste information and Use the Copy All or Select All feature Insert the cursor in a text field Tap the location See Cut copy and paste information Move the cursor Tap the location to insert the cursor Press and hold Option 0 Place your finger anywhere onscreen and drag your finger in the direction you want to move the cursor ms D oke Lb m ne Aeae p w OWEN M Er Wen rrU ROF Select text when you can see a cursor Tap the location to insert the cursor Press and hold Shift Place your finger anywhere onscreen and drag your finger in the direction you want to select text Tap the highlighted text to deselect it OW eR ry u ho P L CWE Ww THT k 5 Select a paragraph of text When you cannot insert a cursor in the text for example on a web page or in an email you received the smallest amount of text you can select is a whole paragraph Press and hold Shift and then tap a paragraph Tap an adjacent paragraph to add it to your selection you can t skip around If you need to scroll down to select the next paragraph release Shift scroll press Shift amp and tap the paragraph Tapping any part of the highlighted selection deselects it olore Modiam quisis dalenim zzr
233. nt messaging 103 2 Doone of the following 2 lap Buddies e The first time you open Messaging Tap Add An Account Menaia FT e Any other time Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp ant pee kuia Accounts Tap Add IM Account gt Offline 3 Do either of the following e To set up messaging with one of the accounts listed Tap the account type e To set up an account type that is not listed tap Find More tap an app and follow the instructions onscreen to add the account Messaging 11 07 36 ll 0 C New Messaging Account am Y y amp GoogleTak 3 Tap to the left of the text Offline and tap Available I Yahoo Messenger oFindMore Sign out of an IM account 1 Open Messaging sa 2 Tap Buddies Tap the status icon to the left of your online status Available or Busy and tap Sign off 4 Enter your username and password 5 Tap Sign In i ap Sig Send and receive IM messages 6 Tap Done BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure that your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turn wireless services on Sign in to an IM account 1 Open Messaging 104 Chapter 6 Email text multimedia and instant messaging 1 Open Messaging amp 2 Do one of the following to start or continue a conversation e In Buddies view tap a buddy name If there s more than one account for that buddy the most recently used IM account is opened e In Conversations view t
234. nt on your phone notification is not sent to attendees 1 Open Calendar 2 Delete an event in one of two ways e In Day view press and hold Option and tap the event You have the option to delete just this event or the entire series or to cancel the delete e Tap the event name Open the application menu and tap Delete Event and then tap Delete to confirm If this event is one of a series of repeating events tap the option to delete just this event or the entire series Calendar Edit Event Location Delete Event Respond to an event reminder When an event reminder appears in the notification bar at the bottom of the screen tap the event description to open the event or tap one of the following Calendar 5 52 Today Wed Feb 24 Budget meeting Sunnyvale Wed Feb 24 6 00 PM Contact meeting attendees Dismiss Snooze e Contact meeting attendees This opens an email message with the participants addresses added to the To field The default message text is Running late on my way You can edit the text before sending the message e Dismiss Close the notification e Snooze The reminder reappears in five minutes View meeting participants If you receive a meeting request you can view the participants 1 On your calendar tap the meeting request The Participants field shows the organizer name plus the number of participants 2 Tap the number to see the participants names Ch
235. nues to play if you switch to another application turn off the screen or slide the ringer switch off If a call comes in music pauses automatically and resumes when you hang up or ignore the call If you put the Music app in the background while you work in another app a music notification icon appears at the bottom of the screen Tap the icon to display the music playback controls You can use the controls even if the screen is locked e To end play Close the Music app 1 Add music files to your phone See Get music onto your phone 2 Open Music 3 Doone of the following Music 3G 0 Music Library Shuffle All Artists Albums Songs Genres Playlists To listen to all songs on your phone Tap Songs Tap the first song To listen to a specific song Tap Artists Albums Songs Genres or Playlists to search that category Continue making selections until the song you want appears Tap the song name To listen to all songs from an artist Tap Artists and tap the artist name Tap the first song To listen to an album Tap Albums and tap the album name Tap the first song To listen to all songs in a genre Tap Genres and tap the genre name Tap the first song Chapter 8 Photos videos and music 153 154 e To listen to playlists you synchronized to your phone Tap Playlists Go to palm com sync solutions for a list of third party solutions sold separately that you can use to sync music a
236. o clasps a located at the top corners Then press the two clasps b halfway down either side of the phone 9 Slide out the keyboard and then press the two clasps c at the bottom corners Chapter 2 Basics 10 Press and hold the power button on the upper right corner of your phone until you see a logo on the screen approximately five seconds Your phone need a few seconds to start up TIP If your phone does not turn on after you insert the battery and press and hold power you need to connect your phone to the AC charger to charge it 11 Follow the onscreen instructions to complete setup 12 To create a Palm profile enter a working email address create a password for your profile and select and answer a security question IMPORTANT Be sure to write down the email address and password that you use to create your profile you will need them later NOTE Ifyou have a Palm profile from an old webOS phone that you no longer use you can enter that profile email address and username to download that profile information to your new phone But you can t use the same profile on two webOsS phones at the same time 13 Your phone is ready to use To learn how to make your first call see Make calls Verify your profile After you finish setup look for an email on your computer at the address you used for your Palm profile If you don t see the confirmation email in your Inbox check your spam mail folder in y
237. o view individual notifications Tap J optional tap See All Notifications and tap a notification 138 Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information Send and reply to messages 1 Z Open Facebook Ed Tap He and tap Inbox Do any of the following To send a message to a Facebook friend Tap enter a friend s first or last name and tap the friend s name Enter the message text and then tap To reply to a message Tap a message enter your reply and then tap e To view messages you sent Tap Gk To view messages from Facebook and Facebook apps Tap id e To view your inbox Tap E Phone a friend or send email Open Facebook and tap HEH Tap Search enter the name of the person and then tap the name Tap Info e To make a call Tap a phone number and tap D e To send an email Tap an email address enter a message and then tap View your profile 1 Open Facebook j and tap HEH Tap Profile Facebook Martha Campbell What s on your mind TODAY Martha Campbell i La Can anybody play 3 minutes E Martha Campbell C i 4 I ll be San Jose this week Wall Info Pics Tap any of the following Wall View your postings To post to your wall tap What s on your mind enter a comment and tap Post To Wall Info View your info Pics View your photos Upload a photo 1 2 Open Facebook Kid In the upper left corner of
238. of the major advantages of your Palm profile You create a Palm profile when you set up your phone What is a Palm profile Your Palm profile gives you the following benefits e Automatic system and software updates are sent to your phone e A Palm profile account is automatically created for you on your phone In this account you can store Contacts and Calendar info that you don t store in online accounts like Google or Exchange NOTE You cannot access Palm profile data on the profile website You can access the data on your phone only e Info stored in your Palm profile account as well as info you have in applications on your phone like Memos and Tasks is automatically backed up to servers administered by Palm e If your phone is lost or stolen open the web browser on your computer sign in to your Palm profile on palm com palmprotfile and do a remote erase of the info on the phone NOTE Ifyou want to erase data on your phone while you are still in possession of the phone for example before you give it to someone else don t do a remote erase Instead do a partial or full erase of the phone itself see Erase data and reset your phone To change your Palm profile information after you have set it up see Update your Palm profile settings Chapter 11 Preferences How Backup works Your phone backs up the contacts calendar events tasks and memos that are in your Palm profile account as well as system
239. om or in Exchange speak to an IT person at your company e Set up the same account on your phone see Manage online accounts Otherwise your data must be transferred to your Palm profile account 1 On your computer go to palm com migrate webOS 2 Click the link for transferring Contacts Calendar data from a desktop organizer 3 Read the instructions and follow the links to download the Data Transfer Assistant About the Data Transfer Assistant DTA The DTA enables you to do a one time one way export of data from selected desktop apps to your Pre 2 phone through the USB cable included with your phone After the data is on your phone you can select the account you want to import the data to IMPORTANT The DTA is not synchronization software It is meant to be used once per desktop app to export your info from the desktop app to an account on your phone Chapter 4 Copy files and sync your personal data 61 62 These are the desktop apps that the DTA works with and the data that the DTA transfers to your phone Table 2 DTA application data transferred Operating Desktop Contacts Calendar Tasks Memos System application Notes Windows Outlook 2003 V V y V XP or or 2007 Vista Palm Desktop y y y y Mac OS Address Book y LE iCal Note the following If you use a desktop organizer that is not listed in the table go to palm com migrate webOS and click the link for transferring Contacts Calendar da
240. om anywhere in the Music app tap Now Playing in the header at the top of the application Switch the Now Playing display You can switch the display to show the songs you are listening to by name or by album cover art e While you are listening to a song tap the header at the top of the Now Playing view of the application to switch between Playlist view and Album Art view Search for related songs or content When you are listening to a song you can search the web for related items such as songs by the same artist or from the same album 1 While listening to a song open the application menu 2 Tap one of the web search options such as Amazon MP3 if available or YouTube and then tap the info you want Change the order of items in the Now Playing list e In Playlist view tap and hold a song name Drag the song to move it to a new location in the list Remove a song from the Now Playing list e In Playlist view throw the song name off the side of the screen This does not delete the song file from your phone Delete a song To delete a song file from your phone you must put your phone in USB Drive mode and delete the song using your computer 1 Connect your phone and your computer using the USB cable 2 On your phone tap USB Drive If prompted tap OK On your computer your phone appears as a removable drive NOTE On a Windows computer if the Found New Hardware wizard opens click Cancel to close the wizard
241. om your phone see Make a pairing request to another device or accept a pairing request from the other device see Accept a pairing request from another device Turn the Bluetooth feature on off Do one of the following e Open Bluetooth and tap On or Off e From any screen Open the connection menu tap Bluetooth and tap Turn on Bluetooth or Turn off Bluetooth Chapter 9 Web and wireless connections Make sure Bluetooth is on see Turn the Bluetooth feature on off Preferences Your phone is now discoverable Bluetooth F Add device k ud Tap Add device Tap the Type field and tap Audio Keyboard or Other to filter the list of discoverable Bluetooth devices Tap a device name 6 Ifyou are pairing with a car kit you are asked if you want to allow car kit settings Tap Allow to pass phone numbers from Contacts and text messages to your car kit If you tap Deny you can still turn these settings on at any time see Forward contact phone numbers or text messages to a car kit 7 Ifa passkey is not required pairing is complete when the Devices list appears If a passkey is required tap Yes allow 8 Doone of the following e An automatically generated passkey appears on the passkey screen Check the other device screen to verify that the passkey is correct and tap Yes connect to connect e The screen displays a passkey generated by your phone Enter the displayed passkey on the other dev
242. on my Palm to view files stored locally on your phone Tap Documents Spreadsheets or Presentations to see a list of just those file types or tap All Files Local Files Documents Spreadsheets Presentations h d 4 Tap the file Change the text display size in a Word document or Excel spreadsheet Do one of the following e Double tap the screen to zoom in or out a specified amount e Open the application menu and tap Zoom Tap the zoom level For slide shows see Zoom into and pan a slide Save a file with a new name 1 With the file open open the application menu and tap Save As 2 Enter the new file name and tap Save As Chapter 10 Documents 183 184 Share a file 1 With the file open open the application menu and tap Share 2 Create the email message and tap View cell content in a spreadsheet You can see a larger view of the contents of any spreadsheet cell 1 Tap the cell The cell contents appear in a larger view at the bottom of the screen 2 Tap the enlarged cell contents to see an even larger view To close the larger view tap Done Scroll rows or columns in a spreadsheet e To scroll rows Swipe up or down on the screen e To scroll columns Swipe left or right on the screen Switch among sheets in a spreadsheet 1 Tap the currently displayed sheet in the upper right corner of the screen 2 Tap the sheet you want to jump to Resize columns in a spreadsheet
243. on top of one another release The items are now stacked Line up your favorite applications in Quick Launch Quick Launch is a convenient lineup of your favorite apps When you swap an app icon into Quick Launch you don t remove it from the Launcher you have access to the icon in two places 1 Open Card view Quick Launch appears at the bottom Chapter 2 Basics 2 Tap and hold a Quick Launch icon and after the halo appears around the icon drag it off the Quick Launch bar The icon disappears When you open the Launcher this icon now appears on the Launcher ce Open the Launcher Tap and hold an icon Card view appears with Quick Launch displayed at the bottom 4 Drag the icon onto the Quick Launch bar Reorder Quick Launch icons You can change the position of any Quick Launch icon except the Launcher icon 1 In Card view tap and hold a Quick Launch icon 2 After a halo appears around the icon drag it to another location on the Quick Launch bar Reorder Launcher icons 1 In the Launcher tap and hold an icon 2 After the halo appears around the icon and the Launcher pages minimize to a series of cards drag the icon to another location on the page 3 To move the icon to another page drag it to the left or right edge of the screen Don t release the icon until the new page appears Add a Launcher page 1 2 Open the Launcher Open the application menu and tap Add Launcher Page The
244. on you want Show Icon System Sound Sent trom my Palm Prone View mail folders 1 Open Email 2 Tap to the right of an account name and then do either of the following e To open a folder Tap the folder name 96 Chapter 6 Email text multimedia and instant messaging e To view folder information such as last sync and number of messages Open the folder and then tap the folder header Email to Greg Madison Updated 7 32 PM Total emails 28 Sort email in a folder Open Email 2 If the folder you want is not displayed tap gt to display the folders for one of your accounts Tap a folder open the application menu and tap Sort Tap any of the following By Date Sort the folder contents by date from most recent to oldest Tap By Date again to sort in reverse order By Sender Sort by sender first name from A to Z Tap By Sender again to sort in reverse order In outgoing message folders such as Sent and Outbox By Sender sorts emails by recipient first names By Subject Sort by subject from A to Z Tap By Subject again to sort in reverse order Add an email folder as a favorite Favorites appear at the top of Account List view 1 Open Email 2 If the folder you want is not displayed tap to the right of the email account name to display the folder 3 Tap to the right of the folder name To remove a folder as a favorite repeats steps 1 and 2 and tap Y to the righ
245. one Tap B e Mute the microphone so you can t be heard Tap fi TIP You don t need an on hold button to put a call on hold Just tap the mute icon to mute your end of the line e Open the dial pad to enter numbers for navigating phone trees responding to prompts and so on Tap K e Add a call See Make a second call e Adjust call volume Press Volume Volume DID YOU KNOW You can send and receive text messages during a call This is a great way to stay connected with friends and colleagues during a long call see Create and send a text or multimedia message End a call Tap E e If a headset is attached press the headset button Use another application while on a call The applications that you can use when you re on a call depend on the kind of network your phone is connected to How can you tell which kind of network you re connected to See Icons in the title bar Chapter 5 Phone 73 74 GPRS network You can use the personal information applications Contacts Calendar and so on and send and receive text messages But some kinds of data connections are not possible You cannot browse the web or send or receive email multimedia or instant IM messages To browse the web or send or receive email or IM messages while on a call you must connect to a Wi Fi network See Wi Fi 3G UMTS or HSDPA network You can make simultaneous voice and data connections So when you re on a call you can al
246. one simply open another browser 1 Open the application menu and tap New card 2 Enter the address or search term for the second instance of the browser 3 To move between the two pages tap the center of the gesture area to display Card view The web pages are displayed in a stack Tap one web page and then the other to go between the two Navigate a web page To move back through previously viewed pages Tap or make the back gesture from right to left anywhere in the gesture area e To move forward through previously viewed pages Tap or make the forward gesture from left to right anywhere in the gesture area To refresh the current page Tap To scroll a page Swipe up or down on the screen e To view a web page in landscape mode Turn the phone on its side When the display is in landscape mode you can swipe up and down on the gesture area to scroll up and down a page e To zoom in or out on a page Pinch out to enlarge items onscreen Pinch in to decrease the size of items onscreen Double tap the screen to zoom in or out a specified amount e To zoom into a column of a web page Double tap the page to center a column and enlarge it To zoom out to see the whole page again keep double tapping e To pana page Tap hold and drag the page e To enter information in a form Tap the form field Enter or select information and press Enter g e To share a web address as a link in an email message Open the application
247. one s Calendar app e If you want to specify which apps get data from an online account Set up the account using the Accounts application see Use the Accounts application to set up an online account NOTE Inthe Launcher tap Accounts to see the current list of online accounts you can set up on your phone and from which you can access Calendar events See Online accounts available for Palm webOS phones to see how major online accounts synchronize data between the web based account and your phone Enter an event directly in Calendar See Create an event for instructions You can assign the event to one of your online calendars if you do it synchronizes with the online calendar Or you can create the event in your Palm profile account which means it shows up on your phone only Palm profile events are included in the daily backup of your Palm profile information so you can restore them if they are accidentally erased Use a third party sync solution If you want to use a desktop app to store your calendar events you can use a third party solution sold separately to sync your calendar events directly with your computer see palm com sync solutions Export calendar events using the Data Transfer Assistant When you export calendar events from desktop software you select which account to assign those events to Look for those events in the account you select see Export data from a desktop organizer on your computer Laye
248. onfirm 5 To reinstall a deleted application Browse to the app see Browse applications in App Catalog Tap the app name and tap Download again for free You do not need to buy the app again Update a downloaded application from a notification When an update is available for an app you downloaded you get a notification Tap the notification and do one of the following e To display details about the app and the available update Tap the app name e To update one app Tap the arrow icon to the right of the app name e To update all apps Tap Install Updates Manually check for application updates 1 Open Software Manager amp 2 Tap Applications to manage downloaded apps that appear in the Launcher or tap Other to manage background apps and services that do not appear In the Launcher 3 If updates are available for any of the items shown onscreen an arrow with a number appears in the lower left corner of the screen The number indicates the number of items for which updates are available Tap the arrow 4 Doone of the following e To display details about the app and the available update Tap the app name e To update one app Tap the arrow icon to the right of the app name e To update all apps Tap Install Updates Chapter 2 Basics Set up a billing account Open App Catalog F Do one of the following e Tap an app you want to buy and tap Continue e Open the application menu tap Preferences amp
249. onnect e Open VPN y e From any screen open the connection menu at the upper right corner and tap VPN Preferences 8 If required enter your security token or other password and tap Done 9 Tap Continue to acknowledge that you are accessing a private twork networ 2 Tap beside the profile you want to edit 3 Edit your profile settings Connect to a profile 4 Tap Done Do one of the following i Open VPN k and tap a profile Delete a profile e From any screen open the connection menu tap VPN and tap a profile 1 Open VPN W View statistics for a connected profile 2 Do one of the following 1 Open VPN Tirow the profile off the side of the screen and tap Delete e Tap beside the profile you want to delete and tap Delete 2 Tap beside a connected profile profile Disconnect trom a profile Location Services Do one of the following The Location Services application provides information about your location e Open VPN and tap a connected profile aati i i to websites and applications that request it For example Google Maps may e From any screen open the connection menu tap VPN and tap a use your location information if you need driving directions connected profile Manage location information passed to websites 1 Open Location Services 168 Chapter 9 Web and wireless connections By default Location Services is set to always ask your permission to send your location to a website wh
250. ooting 197 213 214 TTY TDD devices and 83 turning on and off 20 volume 73 phone calls 66 70 answering 69 applications during 73 conferencing 74 75 contact information for 78 dialing 66 69 driving and 79 242 forwarding 80 hands free devices and 79 hold 73 74 ignoring 70 information about 68 73 76 77 78 making 66 69 174 messages during 100 music during 153 receiving 69 70 replying to 70 ringtones for 115 201 searching and 8 80 second 74 sending to voicemail 70 shortcuts for 81 silencing ringer for 70 phone numbers default 78 for favorites 77 hidden 80 private 80 saving 78 Phone Reset Options settings 196 photo albums 144 Photo roll album 142 143 144 Photobucket accounts 60 146 147 169 215 231 photos See pictures Photos application 143 148 190 192 pictures 143 148 albums for 144 attaching 100 backup summary 190 192 caller IDs with 114 145 contact 114 145 continuous burst mode 142 copying 59 174 deleting 148 displaying 143 downloading 143 Facebook 139 sending 100 146 219 slideshows 145 Index 253 254 taking 142 221 uploading 139 146 147 wallpaper 144 146 199 pinch in gesture 25 229 pinch out gesture 25 229 PINs 82 200 play lists 154 155 playback controls for music 154 for video 150 152 for voicemail 70 72 plug in support 170 PNG files 93 142 143 polling intervals 140 POP email accounts 219 popups 175 power accessories 240 power button 15 20 PowerPoint files
251. or a related keyword See Use application keywords for a list 3 When the app appears tap it Launcher CONTACTS Calvin Lee 510 555 1289 MOBILE clee company com Add Reminder TIP You can also start a search by copying text in another application opening the Launcher and pasting the text The text appears at the top of the screen as the search term Note that you can t paste text in Card view Use application keywords If you don t know the name of the app you are searching for you can enter a keyword associated with the app This table shows the keywords you can use to find an app on your phone Table 1 Application Name Keywords App Catalog Store Backup Settings Preferences Bluetooth Settings Preferences Wireless Calendar Datebook Meetings Events Table 1 Application Name Keywords Clock Contacts Date amp Time Device Info Email Google Maps Location Services Memos Messaging Music PDF View Phone Photos Quickoffice Regional Settings Screen amp Lock Software Manager Sounds amp Ringtones System Updates Tasks Videos Web You Tube Alarm Time Watch Addresses People Clock Settings Preferences Settings Preferences Reset Mail Maps Settings Preferences Notes Stickies Notepad Text SMS MMS IM Instant Chat Songs Tunes Audio Acrobat Dial Pictures Word Excel PowerPoint Settings Preferences Wallpaper Securi
252. ording Stop recording Review your recording Pause playback while reviewing Listen to playback through your phone s speakerphone Tap again to listen to playback through the earpiece Move forward or backward Tap the screen to display the Slider Tap and hold the slider and then drag it right to move forward or left to move backward Keep this greeting Discard the greeting Tap Re record to confirm the deletion and start recording again Icon Description TIP If you discard your greeting but decide you want to keep it tap Keep existing record on the confirmation screen Play the greeting Pause playback Chapter 5 Phone What can do during a call Your phone offers many advanced telephone features including call waiting multi party calling and call forwarding These features depend on your service plan Contact your wireless service provider for more information While you re on a call info about the call appears on the call screen When you re on a call you can open other applications and work in them and you won t lose your call See Open applications If you created a reminder in the contact info of a caller the reminder appears as a notification when you make a call to or receive a call from the person See Assign a reminder message to a contact Manage a call Do any of the following Wireless Service 5 36 3G all E Cathy Shore 510 555 0237 e Put the call on speakerph
253. orks 1 Open Wi Fi 2 Make sure Wi Fi is on see Turn Wi Fi on off 3 Doone of the following e If the network you want is displayed Tap the network name enter your Username and or Password and tap Sign In You re done Chapter 9 Web and wireless connections 161 162 e If the network you want is not displayed Tap Join network and enter the network name Follow steps 4 to 7 Preferences gt Join Other Network lenter network name SECURITY 4 Tap the Security field and then tap the network type Open WPA personal WEP or Enterprise 5 Tap Connect 6 Aseries of different screens appears depending on the network type Enter or select the following if you are prompted to do so Username and or Password Certificate 7 TapSign In Connect to a previously used network e If Wi Fi is turned off turn on Wi Fi see Turn Wi Fi on off Your phone automatically attempts to connect to a previously used network starting with the most recently used network Chapter 9 Web and wireless connections e If Wi Fi is turned on but you are not connected to a network your phone automatically attempts to connect to a previously used network starting with the most recently used network e If you are connected to one network and want to use a different one open Wi Fi and open the application menu Tap Stored Profiles and tap another network name Disconnect from a network When you disconnect from
254. ot backed up Amazon Nothing is backed up You MP3 if can copy files from the available AmazonMP3 folder on your on your phone to your computer phone while the phone is in USB Drive mode see Copy files between your phone and your computer App When you sign in to your App settings and data stored Catalog Palm profile after your phone in the app is erased apps you oo downloaded from App A a eth o Catalog are downloaded a eared again Backup Backup setting is on by default Bluetooth Nothing is backed up Calendar Events in your Palm profile Events in online accounts account Username for online accounts that sync like Google Preferences see Customize Calendar Password for online accounts that sync like Google Table 1 Backup details Application Backed up Not backed up Contacts Contacts in your Palm profile Contacts in online accounts account Passwords for online Username for online accounts that sync like accounts that sync like Google Google Original contact photos Preferences see Customize added from a local image on Contacts the phone Linking relationships between contacts Speed dials Date amp Nothing is backed up Time Email Usernames for your email Passwords for your email accounts accounts Emails their contents and attachments their sort order and account preferences Excel See entry for Quickoffice Launcher User customizations such as renamed or reordered Launc
255. otspot is active other applications on your phone continue to work and any data sent or received counts against your mobile hotspot data plan allowance if applicable If you just want to browse the web on your phone use the phone s browser see Web Palm mobile hotspot has a range of up to 170 feet about 50 meters The actual range varies depending on environmental conditions such as obstructions and radio interference When using Palm mobile hotspot your phone s battery charge may not last as long as usual When possible to improve battery performance you should charge your battery while using Palm mobile hotspot see Charge the battery Secure hotspots and open hotspots When using Palm mobile hotspot we recommend that you create a secure hotspot see Create a secure hotspot A secure hotspot is protected with a passphrase so you can control who can connect to the Internet through your phone by controlling the distribution of your passphrase Chapter 9 Web and wireless connections 163 164 If you create an open hotspot see Create an open hotspot you cannot control who connects to the Internet through your phone You might want to create an open hotspot however if you are temporarily working with a small group and you don t feel you need to set up a secure hotspot and distribute a passphrase Install Palm mobile hotspot This app is not supported by all wireless service providers so contact your wire
256. ou can call your national emergency number only See Set up your phone Bluetooth wireless technology is turned on See Bluetooth wireless technology A Bluetooth connection is in progress A Bluetooth connection has been made Your phone is performing a search on the characters you entered If you are in Card view or the Launcher your phone conducts a global search on your phone see Just Type If you are in an application such as Contacts or Memos your phone searches for items within the app that match the search term you entered Your phone is in roaming coverage See Set roaming and data usage preferences TTY is turned on See Turn TTY TDD on off Back view Top view The back cover of your Pre 2 phone is compatible with the Touchstone charging dock sold separately 25 o Me 1 Power Press to wake up or turn off the screen Press and hold to turn wireless services on and off replace the battery or turn your device completely on and off Turn your device completely off before you remove the battery 2 Ringer switch Slide to turn the ringer and notification sounds on or off Red means off The ringer switch does not affect music or video playback sounds 3 3 5mm headset jack Bottom view 4 Camera flash Back cover release 2 Camera lens 3 Speaker Chapter 2 Basics 15 NO Slide your thumbnail or a credit card into the hairline opening between the back cover and the phone starting
257. ou cannot use your phone while an update is being installed not even for emergency calls e Tap Install Later The next time you charge your phone you receive another update notification You can again choose whether to install the update now or later If you do not tap Install Later within 10 minutes of receiving the notification installation begins automatically IMPORTANT Do not remove the battery while updates are being installed Here is some additional information about system updates e Whenever possible use a Wi Fi connection to download system updates Downloads occur faster over Wi Fi than over your wireless service provider s data connection and use less battery power If you see that a system update is available make sure you have your phone s Wi FI feature turned on e If you have Wi Fi turned on and the battery has enough charge your phone automatically downloads a system update if one is available you don t have to do anything If Wi Fi is not turned on when the update becomes available the Palm servers continue to check your device for Wi Fi availability e If you do not have Wi Fi turned on anytime within a few days of an update s becoming available your phone automatically downloads the update over your wireless service provider s network the next time the battery has enough charge and you have a data connection as indicated by the EW H or icon at the top of the screen e If the battery does not
258. ound and manage your applications and info by making simple gestures either on the touchscreen or in the gesture area directly beneath the screen For more information see Use gestures tap swipe drag flick pinch Carry the Gesture Guide included in the box with your Pre 2 phone around with you and you ll soon know all the gestures by heart Multitasking You can have many applications open at once and easily move among them Go to the Launcher to open apps See the lineup of your open apps in Card view Tap an app to bring it into the foreground and work with it For more information see Open applications You can also send email or surf the web while on a call Just Type Need to call Ed Just slide out the keyboard and type ed If he s listed in your Contacts you can get his numbers from the search results Tap a number and you ve made the call Just Type works just as fast when you Chapter 1 Welcome need to search the web find info in an application on your phone or start an action such as creating an email message memo or task For more information see Just Type The Palm Synergy feature The Palm Synergy feature works in the background to gather your information from the various online sources where you keep it and then display that information in a single view on your phone You can access your info quickly without having to remember where you stored it For example suppose you have a Google account for p
259. ountry you are calling from or scroll the list to find it 5 Tap the country when it appears Change your voicemail number If your wireless service provider changes the phone number for your voicemail system you need to change the number on your phone This is the number your phone dials if you use any of the shortcuts to access voicemail see Listen to voicemail messages 1 2 Open Phone amp Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts By default under Voicemail Number your current voicemail number is highlighted To change it simply type the new number If the Current number is not highlighted tap the number to highlight it and then type the new number Use dialing shortcuts Dialing shortcuts add a prefix at the beginning of a number so you can dial an extension instead of the whole number Open Phone amp Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts Under Dialing Shortcuts tap Add new number Set the following When Dial Tap this field and select the number of digits you need to enter to have your phone add a dialing shortcut Use This Dialing Prefix Enter the prefix to be added at the beginning of the dialed number The combination of prefix and digits you enter must add up to a complete phone number Tap Done Chapter 5 Phone 81 82 Example A complete phone number in your company s phone system has 11 numbers for example 1 408 555 1122 When diali
260. our desktop email program Click the link in the email to do the following e Verify your Palm profile e Follow a link to learn about getting data like contacts and appointments onto your phone from your desktop organizer software see Export data from a desktop organizer on your computer What is a Palm profile Your Palm profile gives you the following benefits e Automatic system and software updates are sent to your phone e A Palm profile account is automatically created for you on your phone In this account you can store Contacts and Calendar info that you don t store in online accounts like Google or Exchange NOTE You cannot access Palm profile data on the profile website You can access the data on your phone only e Info stored in your Palm profile account as well as info you have in applications on your phone like Memos and Tasks is automatically backed up to servers administered by Palm e If your phone is lost or stolen open the web browser on your computer sign in to your Palm profile on palm com palmprofile and do a remote erase of the info on the phone NOTE Ifyou want to erase data on your phone while you are still in possession of the phone for example before you give it to someone else don t do a remote erase Instead do a partial or full erase of the phone itself see Erase data and reset your phone For detailed information about your Palm profile see Backup Although you creat
261. our electronic devices before touching an electronic device or connecting one device to another The recommendation from Palm is that you take this precaution before connecting your device to your computer placing the phone in a docking station or connecting it to any other device You can do this in many ways including the following e Ground yourself when you re holding your mobile device by simultaneously touching a metal surface that is at earth ground For example if your computer has a metal case and is plugged into a standard three prong grounded outlet touching the case should discharge the ESD on your body e Increase the relative humidity of your environment e Install ESD specific prevention items such as grounding mats Conditions that enhance ESD occurrences Conditions that can contribute to the buildup of static electricity in the environment include the following e Low relative humidity e Material type The type of material gathering the charge For example synthetics are more prone to static buildup than natural fibers like cotton e The rapidity with which you touch connect or disconnect electronic devices While you should always take appropriate precautions to discharge static electricity if you are in an environment where you notice ESD events you may want to take extra precautions to protect your electronic equipment against ESD Owner s Record The model number regulatory number and serial numbe
262. our phone that can perform a particular function you can change the default application to use for that function In addition if you have more than one application on your phone that can open a particular file type you can change the default application to use for opening that file type 1 Open Device Info 2 Open the application menu and tap Default Applications 3 To find data types and file types for which more than one app is available look for app names that appear in black type 4 Do either or both of the following e To change the default application to use for different functions Under Data Types tap the currently displayed application for a given data type and tap a different application e To change the default application to use for different file types Under File Types tap the currently displayed application for a given file type and tap a different application To override the default application setting when looking for the map location of an address Press and hold Option Q3 tap the address and tap an application Use Certificate Manager Certificates are digital documents that are used to authenticate and exchange information on networks Certificates can be issued for a user a device or a service Install a certificate from USB drive storage You can install a certificate that is located in the USB drive storage on your phone For information on copying a certificate into USB drive storage see Co
263. p 1 2 3 Open Phone amp Dial using the keyboard Tap the dial pad numbers to enter the number 1 Inthe Launcher Card view or Phone use the keyboard to enter the number You do not need to press Option to enter numbers Wireless Service 5 36 alli or 1 408 555 Launcher Oo 1 408 555 9876 E Send SMS Message S Save to Contacts 4 Google LAUNCH amp SEARCH gt Google Maps Add to Contacts W Wikipedia Tap O to dial TIP Press Backspace or tap the onscreen backspace icon to the right of the 2 When you finish entering the number tap it to dial number you enter to delete numbers one at a time Tap and hold the icon to delete all the numbers l l TIP If you turn off the preference to show contact matches in the dial pad see Turn contact match display on off this changes how you dial using the keyboard in the Phone application In Phone after you enter the number with the keyboard tap the onscreen dial icon to dial TIP You can paste numbers copied from other applications for example from an email message or a memo into the dial pad TIP To enter tap and hold O onscreen Dial a favorite See Create a favorite for instructions on creating a favorite 1 Open Phone amp 2 lap ES Chapter 5 Phone 6 68 3 Tap the favorite The call goes out using the default number you selected for that favorite Wireless Service Calvin Lee M 510 555
264. p Delete Completed Tasks Delete a task or a task list e Throw the task or task list off the side of the screen and tap Delete to confirm Memos 2 Doone of the following e Tap New Memo __ If you used the Data Transfer Assistant and imported notes from Outlook on OPE Iie vest Arteta Pee METO your desktop to your phone those notes are in Memos Your Exchange 3 Enter the memo text Memos are saved as you type notes however do not sync All memos are backed up to your Palm profile YOuP See Enter and save information and Text selection gestures TIP You can also create a memo directly from the Launcher or Card view Start typing the memo text and under Quick Actions tap New Memo The Memos application opens at a new memo with the text you entered in the body of the memo Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 133 Find a memo 3 Tap the lower right corner of the screen and tap the new color Memos e In Memos start typing any letters or numbers in the memo and then tap the memo when it appears NOTE The results of a Just Type search that you access in Card view or the Launcher do not include memos Edit a memo 1 Open Memos _ 2 Tap the memo you want to edit 3 Tap the screen to position the cursor see Text selection gestures and edit the memo text TIP To copy the whole memo In the application menu tap Edit gt Select All and Delete a memo then tap Edit
265. p and activation A data plan is also required An unlimited usage data plan is strongly recommended or additional data charges may apply Open Source License information You can view the Open Source License terms on your phone Tap the center of the gesture area and then tap the Launcher icon Swipe left until the PDF View icon appears Tap PDF View and then tap Open Source Information pdf You can also view the file on your computer Connect your phone to your computer with the USB cable On your phone tap USB Drive On your computer locate and double click the removable drive named for your phone To locate the drive do the following for your operating system e Windows Vista Windows 7 Open Computer e Windows XP Open My Computer e Mac Open Finder e Linux Ubuntu The drive is displayed on the desktop e Other Linux distribution The location of the drive may vary by system After you open the drive double click the file Open Source Information pdf Recycling and disposal This symbol indicates that Palm products should be recycled and not be disposed of in unsorted municipal waste Palm products should be sent to a facility that properly recycles electrical and electronic equipment For information on environmental programs visit palm com environment or recyclewirelessphones com As part of Palm s corporate commitment to be a good steward of the environment we strive to use environmentally friendly materials reduc
266. page you want and tap to open it e To clear your browsing history Open the application menu tap Preferences and then tap Clear History Use links on a web page e To follow a link to another page Zoom in on the page pinch out or double tap the page and tap the link To open a link in a new card Press and hold Option Q and tap the link Tap Open In New Card Chapter 9 Web and wireless connections e To dial a phone number that appears as a link Tap the link to display the dial pad with number entered and tap Sy e To share a link with someone via email Press and hold Option Q and tap the link Tap Share Link e To share a link to a photo with someone via email Press and hold Option OD and tap the photo Tap Share Image e To copy the URL for a link Press and hold Option D and tap the link Tap Copy URL Copy a picture from a web page Pictures you copy from the web are stored in the Miscellaneous album in Photos 1 Press and hold Option OD and tap the picture 2 Tap Copy to Photos 3 Tap OK Download files from the web 1 Open Web amp 2 Goto the web page with the file you want to download 3 Tap the file name 4 Ifan app on your phone supports the file type the file name appears at the bottom of the screen Tap to open the file All files are downloaded to the phone s USB storage If an app on your phone supports the file type you can also find the file in that app For example if it s a P
267. pen the attachment see Open email attachments 2 Doone of the following e For pictures in JPG GIF BMP or PNG format tap Copy To Photos e For other file types open the application menu and tap Save As If the Save As menu item is not available you cannot save the attachment To save Microsoft Word Excel or PowerPoint files you must have set up a Quickoffice account see Quickoffice mobile office software 3 Toopena saved attachment on your phone open the application that can display the attachment The attachment appears in the list of available files Tap the file to open it Save or share an inline image If a message contains an inline image an image inserted right into the body text you can share the image with someone else via email If you choose this option a new blank email message opens with the image file as an attachment If the image is in JPG GIF BMP or PNG format you can also save it to and view it in the Photos app Do one of the following e To share an image With the message open press and hold Option o and tap the image Then tap Share Image e To copy an image to photos Tap the image file name and then tap Copy to Photos if available Chapter 6 Email text multimedia and instant messaging 93 Add a contact from an email message You can add a contact name or email address to your Contacts list directly from the To or Cc field or from the body of an incoming email message
268. picture as wallpaper and as caller ID images see Add a picture to a contact 1 Open Camera j 2 The camera is set to automatically determine if the flash is needed To change the flash setting tap the icon Automatic Flash always on Flash always off 142 Chapter 8 Photos videos and music 3 To take the picture in landscape view turn your phone 90 degrees 4 Press Space GD or tap to take the picture TIP Press and hold Space to take pictures in continuous burst mode Release Space to stop taking pictures Continuous burst mode allows you to capture several images with a single action The picture you took is automatically saved in JPG format You can keep snapping pictures and then go to Photos to look at them and delete the ones you don t want DID YOU KNOW Your phone offers another way to take a picture You can save any currently displayed screen as a picture file also Known as a screen capture or screenshot To take a picture of the currently displayed screen press and hold Option Sym P The picture is saved in PNG format to the Screen captures album in Photos and is stored in the screencaptures folder of the USB drive You can work with it like any other picture Review pictures 1 After taking a picture tap the thumbnail of the picture in the lower left corner of the screen This opens the picture in the Photo roll of the Photos application 2 Swipe left or right on the
269. pped or otherwise stationary But if you need to dial while driving follow this simple tip dial only a few numbers check the road and your mirrors then continue 7 Do not engage in stressful or emotional conversations that may be distracting Stressful or emotional conversations and driving do not mix they are distracting and even dangerous when you are behind the wheel Make people you are talking with aware you are driving and if necessary suspend phone conversations which have the potential to divert your attention from the road 8 Use your phone to call for help Your phone is one of the greatest tools you can own to protect yourself and your family in dangerous situations with your phone at your side help is only three numbers away Dial your national emergency number in the case of fire traffic accident road hazard or medical emergencies Remember your national emergency number is a free call on your phone 9 Use your phone to help others in emergencies If you see an auto accident crime in progress or other serious emergency where lives are in danger call your national emergency number as you would want others to do for you 10 Call roadside assistance or a special wireless non emergency assistance number when necessary Certain situations you encounter while driving may require attention but are not urgent enough to merit a call to your national emergency number But you can still use your phone to lend a hand If you see a bro
270. py files between your phone and your computer 1 Open Device Info 2 Open the application menu and tap Certificate Manager Preferences Your certificate list is empty O y 3 Tap e and tap the certificate name Chapter 11 Preferences 197 198 Install a certificate from an email attachment e Open the email attachment see Open email attachments and then tap Trust Certificate View certificate details You can view user installed certificates only 1 Open Device Info 2 Open the application menu and tap Certificate Manager 3 Tap the certificate name Delete a certificate You can delete user installed certificates only 1 Open Device Info 2 Open the application menu and tap Certificate Manager 3 Tap the certificate and tap Delete Certificate Regional Settings Language You can set your phone display to any language available for the device 1 Open Regional Settings Chapter 11 Preferences 2 Tap the language currently displayed in the Language field and then tap a new language 3 Ifa region list is displayed tap the region 4 Confirm you want to use the new language or revert to the original language Your phone restarts after you select a new language The restart does not affect your data or applications Formats You can set your phone to format numbers currency date and time to reflect your country s style 1 Open Regional Settings 2 n Form
271. r A notification tells me that ActiveSync encountered a problem with item type item name There was an error while synchronizing a single item This error can usually be corrected only by deleting the item that caused the error If you sync again to see if the error persists be aware that items causing this type of error are skipped and do not show up again Chapter 12 Troubleshooting 217 218 Sending and receiving data in Email Messaging and Web can t tell if data services are available The following icons appear in the title bar to indicate whether data services are available If you don t see one of these icons you cannot open a data connection KEY TERM GPRS General Packet Radio Service A mobile Internet connectivity technology that allows persistent data connections Additional charges may apply KEY TERM EDGE Enhanced Data Rates for GSM Evolution An enhanced version of GPRS that delivers data speeds that are up to three times faster than standard GPRS connections with rates up to 236 8Kbps Additional charges may apply KEY TERM UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunications System One of the third generation 3G mobile phone technologies that is designed for high speed data transfer with rates up to 384Kbps as well as voice and multimedia services It uses WCDMA as the underlying technology KEY TERM HSDPA High Speed Download Packet Access An evolutionary enhancement to UMTS packet da
272. r are located on a nameplate inside the battery compartment Record the serial number in the space provided below This will be helpful if you need to contact us about your phone in the future Regulatory and Safety Information Product Palm Pre 2 Phone Model Serial No Index NUMERICS 1OOPALM folder 143 144 112 phone numbers 69 3G network 14 74 218 3G2 files 149 3GP files 149 3GP2 files 149 3GPP files 149 911 phone numbers 69 999 phone numbers 69 A AAC files 148 153 202 AC charger 9 accented characters 35 Accept Cookies option 175 accessories 242 Account List view 86 accounts See also specific types contacts and 112 Facebook 140 linked contacts and 110 228 music and 155 222 online 216 pictures and 147 Accounts application 215 Acrobat Reader files See PDF files active calls See phone calls ActiveSync accounts See Exchange ActiveSync accounts Add An Account option Calendar 128 Contacts 120 Email 87 88 Add Bookmark option 172 Add Contact Reminder 116 Add device option 79 176 Add Picture 100 Add To Launcher 171 Address Book on Mac 62 63 address books 68 110 207 addresses See contacts email addresses Adobe Acrobat files See PDF files advanced account settings 89 advanced gestures 199 212 AIM 103 aircrafts 241 airplane mode 14 21 22 227 Ajax 170 alarms 41 124 128 135 136 See also Clock application Album Art view 154 221 album headers 146 albums See specific
273. r computer make sure you have enough storage space on your phone to fit the files Open Device Info amp and look at the Available field under Phone When your phone is in USB Drive mode incoming calls go to voicemail you can t make calls or use any other application until you complete step 5 below 1 Connect your phone to your computer using the USB cable 2 On your phone tap USB Drive On your computer your phone appears as a removable drive Chapter 4 Copy files and sync your personal data 5 End the connection safely if you do not eject safely your phone resets when you disconnect the USB cable On a Windows computer right click the drive representing your phone and click Eject On a Mac computer from your desktop drag the drive representing your phone to the Trash Trash changes to Eject 6 Disconnect the USB cable from the computer when the USB drive screen is no longer displayed on your phone Delete files and folders using USB Drive mode When your phone is in USB Drive mode you can t make or receive calls or use other wireless features such as email or the web 1 Connect your phone to your computer using the USB cable 2 On your phone tap USB Drive On your computer your phone appears as a removable drive 3 Ona Windows computer if the Found New Hardware wizard opens click Cancel to close the wizard 4 Open My Computer Windows XP Computer Windows Vista Windows 7 or Finder Mac
274. r one of your Calendar accounts e To remove a Calendar account from the layered calendar view All Scroll down and tap Calendar View Options For the account you want to remove tap On to switch the view option to Off e To change the color that identifies a Calendar account Scroll down and tap Calendar View Options Tap the current color and then tap a new color in the list Move around in Calendar e To go to the next or previous day In Day view swipe left or right on the screen e To go to the next or previous week In Week view swipe left or right on the screen e To go to the next or previous month In Month view swipe up or down on the screen e To go to a specific month date or year Open the application menu and tap Jump To Tap the month day and year and tap Go To Date e To go to today In Day View tap the Day View icon Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information TIP Other ways to go to today Open the application menu and tap Show Today or tap Jump To gt Go To Today Quickly glimpse your schedule e In Day or Week view slightly drag left or right to peek at the next previous day or week without changing the current view e In Month view slightly drag up or down to peek at the next previous month Delete an event If you delete an event that is assigned to an online account the event is deleted in the online account also IMPORTANT When you delete an Exchange eve
275. r the message Open the application menu and tap Set As Normal Priority or Set As High Priority 10 Optional To discard a message Open the application menu and tap Discard Message 1 Tap Format email text To format text of a message you are creating do one of the following e To enter bold italic or underlined text Open the application menu and tap Edit gt the option you want Enter the text To turn off the formatting open the application menu and tap Edit gt the option you want to turn off e To enter colored text Open the application menu and tap Edit gt scroll down gt Text Color Tap the color and enter the text Chapter 6 Email text multimedia and instant messaging 91 J2 e To format text you already entered Select the text see Text selection Follow these steps to manually retrieve messages gestures open the application menu and tap Edit gt the option you want To turn off a formatting option open the application menu and tap 1 Edit gt the option you want to turn off For text color tap the black square 2 Add attachments to a message 3 1 While composing a message tap 2 To get the file you want to attach do the following e Tap an icon at the bottom of the screen to search for pictures videos music files or documents e Begin typing the file name e To take a new picture to send as an attachment Tap the photo icon at the bottom of the screen tap New Photo t
276. re as part of a drag and drop Chapter 2 Basics Flick As its name tells you this is a quick gesture great for scrolling long lists documents or pages Do it fast do it lightly as with a swipe your fingertip just skims the surface The faster you flick the faster and farther you scroll up or down a list To close an application in Card view flick the card up toward the top of the touchscreen This is called throwing the card off the top of the screen In some applications such as Email and Messaging you can throw a list item off the side of the screen to delete the item If an application is maximized you can flick up from the gesture area to the screen to minimize the app and display Card view This is the up gesture If you make the up gesture when Card view is displayed you open the Launcher Scroll gestures Scroll slow Drag the screen in the desired direction Scroll fast Flick the screen in the desired direction Stop scrolling Tap or drag the screen while scrolling g Zoom gestures Zoom in pinch out to increase the size of items on the screen Email Web Photos PDF View and Google Maps Place two fingers on the screen and spread them slowly apart Chapter 2 Basics 29 26 Zoom out pinch in to decrease the size of items on the screen Email Web Photos PDF View and Google Maps Place two fingers on the screen and bring them together Zoom in or out a fixed amou
277. re sometimes talked about as being in the cloud They often have an email component as well The Palm Synergy feature works in the background to get data from an online account onto your phone After you set up an account on your phone you can access the data from that online account For some kinds of accounts you can also add and change data on your phone which is then synchronized to the online account in the cloud You can also set up your phone to work with your email and instant messaging accounts and to post photos to online accounts such as Facebook or Photobucket Use the Accounts application as a central location to set up and manage your online accounts You can also set up and manage online accounts individually in Contacts Calendar Email Messaging and Photos See the sections on those applications for details When you set up an account you see a list of some common online accounts to pick from See Online accounts available for Palm webOS phones for details on how those accounts behave on your phone If you use an online account that s not listed check App Catalog to see if you can download an app for that account and use it with your phone Use the Accounts application to set up an online account 1 Open Accounts 2 Tap Add Account 3 Do one of the following e To add one of the listed accounts Tap the account name e To search for other accounts Tap Find More This opens App Catalo
278. re working in For example when you finish reading an email message make the back gesture to close the message and return to your list of messages Or when you finish writing a memo make the back gesture to close and save the memo and return to the display of all your memos When you make the back gesture in an application and that s the only screen of that app that s open you minimize the app and go back to Card view Chapter 2 Basics 23 24 In Web the back gesture performs the same function as the back button on the browser allowing you to move back through previously viewed pages The forward gesture available in Web only is a swipe from left to right anywhere in the gesture area The forward gesture allows you to move forward through previously viewed web pages Drag Drag is the gesture you make for a slow scroll up and down such as in a list in a document or on a web page Slide your fingertip slowly along the surface no need to bear down One kind of drag that you ll use a lot brings up Quick Launch when you re in an application This drag gesture begins in the gesture area and ends on the touchscreen As your fingertip slowly crosses the border between the gesture area and the touchscreen it seems to drag Quick Launch into view To open one of the apps in Quick Launch move your finger to its icon When you see the app name appear lift your finger The application opens You also make the drag gestu
279. red calendars Suppose you use the calendar in both Microsoft Exchange and in Google If you set up both of those accounts to sync with your phone your phone s Calendar app shows the events from both in a single view a layered calendar with events that are color coded to identify which provider they Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information come from Individual events are stored separately with your different providers the events are just assembled in one view on your phone for your convenience If you change an event the change is made in the appropriate calendar You can also look at the events of just one calendar at a time Use Calendar for the first time 1 Open Calendar Calendar 15 25 3G L gt Your Calendar Accounts Add An Account Y 74 2 Doone of the following e To set up an online account to sync Tap Add An Account and go to step 3 e To open Calendar without creating an online account Tap Done This opens your Palm profile account and you can start creating events in this account 3 To set up an account that is listed tap the account type enter the account information tap Sign in and then tap Done If you are setting up an Exchange account to keep your Exchange 1 Open Calendar account secure you must enter a password or PIN that will be required to unlock the phone Tap Set Password or Set Pin Enter a Calendar password or PIN and tap Done If you
280. ress volume e Slide the ringer switch off red means off This silences the ringer and any notification sounds These sounds remain off until you slide the ringer Chapter 5 Phone switch back on Other sounds such as music and video playback are not affected by sliding the ringer switch off Ignore a call To send a call immediately to voicemail do one of the following e Tap e Press power twice To reply to a caller who is in your Contacts list after you ignore a call tap the ignored call notification This opens the caller s contact entry where you can select a reply method To reply to a caller who is not in your Contacts list go to your call history see View your call history Use voicemail Set up voicemail 1 In the Launcher Card view or Phone press and hold 1 When the search results screen appears continue holding 1 until the Phone application appears 2 Follow the voice prompts to set up your voicemail Listen to voicemail messages 1 Do one of the following e In the Launcher Card view or Phone press and hold 1 B e Tap a voicemail notification at the bottom of the screen If your phone offers the visual voicemail feature see Use visual voicemail do any of the following Tap J to play the most recent message Tap to pause playback or tap to listen to playback through the speakerphone If PTs appears with a number this means you have more than one new message Tap the i
281. riding a bicycle may create a serious hazard to you and or others and may be illegal If you must use a stereo headset while driving place a speaker in only one ear Leave the other ear free to hear outside noises and do so only if it is legal and you can do so safely 3 Make sure you place your phone within easy reach and where you can grab it without removing your eyes from the road If you get an incoming call at an inconvenient time let your voicemail answer it for you 4 Suspend conversations during hazardous driving conditions or situations Let the person you are speaking to know you are driving if necessary suspend the call in heavy traffic or hazardous weather conditions Rain sleet snow and ice can be hazardous but so is heavy traffic As a driver your first responsibility is to pay attention to the road 5 Do not take notes look up phone numbers read write email or surf the Internet while driving If you are reading an address book or business card while driving a car or writing a to do list then you are not watching where you are going It s common sense Do not get caught in a dangerous situation because you are reading or writing and not paying attention to the road or nearby vehicles 6 Dial sensibly and assess the traffic if possible place calls when you are not moving or before pulling into traffic Try to plan your calls before you begin your trip or attempt to schedule your calls with times you may be temporarily sto
282. right to see all your apps Tap an app icon to open the application You can add delete or rename Launcher pages see Add a Launcher page Rename a Launcher page or Delete a Launcher page linked contact A contact containing information from more than one source For example if you have a work contact in Exchange and a personal contact for the same person in Google the Contacts application automatically recognizes the connection and links the two contacts so you can see all the information for a person in the same place but the information is kept separate in the different accounts where it originated You can also manually link and unlink contacts merged view A feature on your phone that displays data from several sources in a single view but keeps the sources of your data separate Let s say you use Google calendar for your personal events and your company s Outlook calendar for business events Your phone s Calendar application displays events from both calendars in a single view called All Likewise if you set up multiple email accounts the Email application displays the messages from all your account inboxes in a single view called All inboxes And in Messaging all your messages with the same person show up in a single conversation view whether they are text multimedia or instant messages See also linked contact notification A message that appears at the bottom of the screen alerting you of an incoming or mis
283. riterion by which the contact list is sorted If you select Last name to sort on the names are alphabetized by last name but they still appear in the Contacts list as first name followed by last name If you select First name to sort on names are alphabetized by first name Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 119 All Favorites Qo Bonnie Frank Martha Campbell ti Calvin Lee Kenneth Dillon Cathy Shore f Bonnie Frank _ I O j Emily Weeks i Calvin Lee k a elie pre r 1 G y 1 Contact list sorted by first name 2 Contact list sorted by last name You can also choose to sort by Company amp first name or Company amp last name In these cases the company name is alphabetized and within the company whichever you choose the names are still listed as first name followed by last name Accounts Tap an account to change login settings and sign in using the new settings Default account Tap the current default account to change the default to another account New contacts you create are assigned to this account unless you specify otherwise Sync Now Tap to manually synchronize your online accounts see Manually synchronize Contacts with your online accounts Add An Account Tap and then tap an account type Enter the account information Before you can set up an account on your phone you must already have an account online with
284. rn on the screen Instead press and hold power CS until you see a logo on the screen approximately five seconds Then wait until your phone completes setup TIP If your phone does not turn on after you press and hold power you need to connect your phone to the AC charger to charge it see Charge the battery can t get the back cover off 1 If the USB cable is attached to the phone disconnect the USB cable 2 Ifa wired headset is attached to the phone disconnect the headset 3 Ifyou are removing the cover to replace the battery turn the phone completely off see Shut down your phone 4 Press and release the back cover release Chapter 12 Troubleshooting 6 Slide your thumbnail or a credit card between the back cover and the phone starting at the bottom and moving halfway up one side until you hear the clasp a release Repeat step 5 to release the clasp b on the other side of the phone Lift off the back cover can t get the back cover on 1 Position the back cover over the phone and gently press the two clasps a located at the top corners Then press the two clasps b halfway down either side of the phone 2 Slide out the keyboard see Slide out the keyboard and then press the two clasps c at the bottom corners 3 If you removed and reinserted or replaced the battery when the back cover was off you need to turn the phone back on Press and hold power on the upper right
285. s or could accidentally damage the phone Your phone contains small parts with sharp edges that may cause an injury or which could become detached and create a choking hazard Keep the device away from the abdomens of pregnant women and adolescents particularly when using the device hands free To reduce exposure to radiation use your device in good reception areas as indicated by the bars on your phone at least 3 to 4 bars Caution Avoid potential hearing loss Prolonged exposure to loud sounds including music is the most common cause of preventable hearing loss Some scientific research suggests that using portable audio devices such as portable music players and cellular telephones at high volume settings for long durations may lead to permanent noise induced hearing loss This includes the use of headphones including headsets ear buds and Bluetooth or other wireless devices Exposure to very loud sound has also been associated in some studies with tinnitus a ringing in the ear hypersensitivity to sound and distorted hearing Individual susceptibility to noise induced hearing loss and other potential hearing problems varies The amount of sound produced by a portable audio device varies depending on the nature of the sound the device the device settings and the headphones You should follow some common sense recommendations when using any portable audio device e Set the volume in a quiet environment and select the lowest
286. s accurate as GPS Certain applications such as turn by turn navigation solutions require GPS to be activated in order to work properly The first time you turn on Google Services you may be asked to review and accept the terms of use and decide whether to allow anonymous data collection Do the following e Review the terms of use e If you decide not to allow anonymous data collection tap the checkmark to remove it e Tap Agree or Don t Agree Web Go to a website The web browser on your phone is capable of displaying most web content The browser features the latest web standard technologies such as HTML 4 01 CSS 21 Ajax and JavaScript It does not support plug ins such as Flash or Java applets 1 Open Web Chapter 9 Web and wireless connections 2 Enter the address of the page You don t need to enter the prefix http www Web cnn com i gt Google cnn com LS If the page appears in the list of viewed pages tap it to go there again If not press Enter DID YOU KNOW If you browse to a secure web page the lock icon in the address line appears closed 3 Tocancel a page while it is loading tap Go to a website using search You can also search the web from the Launcher or Card view see Search the web 1 Open Web 2 Enter the search term and tap a search option Open another browser If you are looking at one web page and need to check something on a different
287. s and album art reimport the files to your phone using either copy and paste in USB Drive mode see Copy files and folders using USB Drive mode or a third party solution see Copy music photos and videos using third party software Backing up and restoring data need to reset my phone but don t understand the difference among the erase options The four erase options are as follows Erase Apps amp Data Erases any applications you installed from App Catalog as well as any information associated with those applications Erase USB Drive Erases all files stored in USB drive storage such as pictures videos and music Full Erase gt Full Erase Erases both your applications and USB drive storage files as well as information about your Palm profile Select this option if you want a clean erase of your currently installed apps and files but plan to continue using the phone Full Erase gt Secure Full Erase Erases both your applications and USB drive storage files as well as information about your Palm profile Select this option if you are planning to give the phone away and you want your data and files to be unrecoverable even using a third party tool For more information see Erase data and reset your phone How do get my data back after a full or partial erase After you perform one of the erase options on your phone enter your existing Palm profile email address and password don t create a new one When you
288. s are displayed automatically Tap a suggestion to search on that term e To search the web using a different search engine Under Launch amp Search tap a search engine name If the search engine is for a specific website such as Wikipedia your phone searches that site only To view more search options tap More under Launch amp Search TIP You can also use Just Type to go directly to a website In Card view or the Launcher type the site address such as palm com When the address appears at the top of the search results tap Go to website Find information in an application on your phone You can search for email messages web bookmarks and websites you ve visited browsing history on your phone You can also search for items in the Google Maps App Catalog and YouTube applications If your search term does not show results for a certain app you may need to turn on a preference to include that app in a Just Type search see Customize Just Type 1 Open Card view see Display all open applications Card view or the Launcher see Open an application in the Launcher 2 Begin typing the information you want to find Depending on which app you want to search this could be the subject of an email address a physical address you want to locate on a map a bookmark name the name of an app you want to download or some other term Launcher fad 4 Google BA Email Bookmarks amp History Facebook http x f
289. s on the keys see Enter alternate keyboard characters or to move the cursor see Text selection gestures Shift See Enter uppercase letters and Text selection gestures Space Backspace Enter Press to enter a line return for example in a memo or in an email message you are composing or to accept information you entered in a field See Enter information in a field Sym Press to enter symbols and accented characters that don t appear on the keys See Enter characters from the symbols table Touchscreen Launcher 10 46 Applications Calendar Messaging 10 TF B Camera Photos Music s gt y Application name Displays the name of the currently open application Drag down over the app name to open the application menu Launcher See Open an application in the Launcher Connection icons Show the status of wireless service connections and battery strength see Icons in the title bar Drag down over the icons to open the connection menu Page indicator Shows that there are Launcher pages to the right of the currently displayed page Tap to move to the next page Page name Tap and hold to change the name see Rename a Launcher page Notification icons Show missed calls new voicemail and email messages and more Tap the bottom of the screen to view notification details See View all your notifications Chapter 2 Basics 13 Icons in the title bar You can monitor the status of several items using icons
290. screen is locked 3 Under Notifications in Blink Notifications tap On or Off If blink notifications are turned on when the screen is off the light in the gesture area pulses when a notification arrives and continues to pulse until you tap the notification or turn on the screen Blink notifications are on by default Sounds amp Ringtones Manage system sounds and notifications You can turn system sounds such as transition sounds and notification alerts on or off You can also set the volume for system sounds Sliding the ringer switch off not only turns off the ringer for incoming phone calls it also turns off system sounds like the shutter click when you take a picture The ringer switch does not affect music and video sound By default when the ringer switch is off you can still hear the Clock alarm If you want to change this setting so that turning off the ringer switch also turns off the Clock alarm sound go to Clock gt Preferences Under Ringer Switch Off change Play alarm anyway to No NOTE The volume you set for each individual audio source is saved automatically whether the audio source is the earpiece of your phone a wired headset a wireless headset that uses Bluetooth wireless technology music heard through the speaker music heard through a headset and so on When you return to using an audio source the audio plays at the volume you left it the last time you used that source Open Sounds amp Rin
291. se the drag gesture for opening a menu begins at the top of the phone above the screen and crosses down onto the screen Gesture area e If you cannot make the back gesture check to see if you have the next previous app gestures turned on see Turn advanced gestures on off If so you need to make a short swipe left for the back gesture and a full swipe right or left for the next or previous open app e Likewise you can t use the next previous app gestures unless you turn them on see Turn advanced gestures on off There are small icons in the lower right corner of the screen Those icons represent notifications that you have not opened or dismissed For most types of notifications if you do not tap a notification after a few seconds it becomes an icon in the lower right portion of the screen If you see one or more icons tap anywhere on the bottom of the screen to display your notifications Phone Signal strength is weak Become familiar with low coverage areas where you live commute work and play Then you know when to expect signal strength issues e f you re standing move about 3 meters in any direction e In a building move near a window Open any metal blinds e In a building move outdoors or to a more open area e Outdoors move away from large buildings trees or electrical wires e In a vehicle move your phone so that it s level with a window My phone doesn t connect to the mobile network
292. sed call an incoming voicemail email or text messages an upcoming event and more In most cases you can tap a notification to act on it See also dashboard Throw a notification off the side of the screen to dismiss it online account The Palm Synergy feature makes it easy to synchronize all data from an online account An online account is a web based or server based location where you keep contacts and or calendar information such as Google or Exchange Such web based or server based accounts are sometimes talked about as being in the cloud You can access the info in those accounts in the Contacts and Calendar applications on your phone You can also set up your phone to download contacts from online accounts such as Facebook and to post photos to online accounts such as Facebook or Photobucket See Online accounts available for Palm webOS phones Option o key The key you use to enter characters that appear above the letters on the keyboard keys Press once to enter a single character Press twice to lock the alternate character feature so you can enter a series of characters Also press and hold Option Q and then drag your finger onscreen to move the cursor in text Palm profile A Palm profile gives you access to services like automatic updates backup of your data and more You create a Palm profile by entering a working email address during initial setup of your Palm Pre 2 phone see Set up your phone
293. send email through their servers In this case you can almost always receive email from these accounts but if you want to send email you must send it through another server Check with your email service provider for the correct outgoing mail server name After receive messages older messages disappear from my Inbox When email sync takes place by default the last three days worth of email messages is downloaded from your mail server to your Inbox All messages older than three days are removed from your Inbox they are not deleted on the server however You can change the setting to download only one or two days worth of messages If you select one of these options any messages older than one or two days are deleted from your Inbox You can also change the setting to download all messages regardless of the date in which case all messages continue to appear in your Inbox see Enter advanced account settings Messaging can t send or receive text or multimedia messages e Make sure that your phone is on see Turn the phone on off e For multimedia messages do the following e Contact your wireless service provider to verify that your plan includes messaging services that these services have been correctly activated on your phone and that they are available at your location Your wireless service provider should be able to tell you if messaging services have been experiencing transmission delays e Check to see i
294. settings and applications you downloaded to your phone All this information is automatically backed up daily to your Palm profile So if you ever need to erase the info from your phone you can restore all your backed up info You can turn off automatic backup and you can also perform a manual backup Backup does not affect information stored in online accounts like Google Information stored in online accounts is synchronized by the online provider at regular intervals Information stored in Exchange is synchronized by your company s Exchange server Backup does not back up files stored in your phone s USB drive What information is backed up All data backed up to your Palm profile is encrypted and only you the profile owner can access your data Backed up data cannot be accessed by Palm Data in your Palm profile account can be viewed added to or edited only on your phone IMPORTANT In the event that your phone is lost or stolen you can go to your Palm profile on palm com palmprofile and from there erase the data on your phone The following table lists info that is and is not backed up to your Palm profile Table 1 Backup details Application Backed up Not backed up Username for online Entries contacts events accounts that sync like messages and so on in Google online accounts Accounts Passwords for online accounts that sync like Google Table 1 Backup details Application Backed up N
295. sions phone calls 81 Facebook Beta Program 140 birthday events 139 calls from 138 comments 137 emails from 138 events 139 friends 137 links 149 messages 138 notifications 138 photos 139 preferences for 139 profiles 138 status 137 videos 149 Facebook accounts availability 60 231 calendar synchronization 123 contacts synchronization 112 deleting from 118 phone synchronization 62 pictures 146 147 215 setting up 140 Facebook application 136 140 factory installed applications 235 favorites 76 78 contacts 116 creating 7 defined 228 dialing 67 email folders 97 Index 249 250 phone numbers for 77 viewing web bookmarks 172 FCC statements 237 feedback 213 file types document 182 music 153 picture 143 video 149 files See also specific types backing up 58 copying 58 150 157 222 deleting 58 display size 183 downloading 174 finding text in 186 freeing memory and 225 losing 223 opening 182 185 saving 183 186 searching for 185 sending 92 184 186 storing 222 Find command 186 Find More 56 finding See searching firewalls 166 Flash plug ins 170 flash camera 142 flick gesture 24 228 folders copying 58 222 deleted items 95 deleting 58 Index email 96 97 favorites 97 ringtones 58 Forget Network option 162 formatting email message text 91 96 phone 198 forward gesture 24 199 forwarding calls 80 emails 94 messages 102 voicemails 72 Found New Hardware wizard 144 155 free applications
296. so send and receive email browse the web and send and receive text multimedia and IM messages NOTE You cannot send or receive multimedia messages using a Wi Fi network 1 Display Card view see Display all open applications Card view or open the Launcher see Open an application in the Launcher while on a call 2 Tap the other application 3 Tap the call notification at the bottom of the screen to return to the call screen Make a second call 1 While on a call tap MJ to put the call on hold 2 Dial the second call Answer a second call call waiting When a second call notification appears tap The first call is put on hold Chapter 5 Phone Switch between two calls Tap zy to put the active call on hold and switch to the other call For example in the screen shown here the call on the top of the screen 555 0237 is currently on hold The call on the bottom of the screen 555 7592 is the active call the caller you re talking to To switch between the two so that you switch to talking to 555 0237 tap E Just remember to tap Bry to switch between the two calls Wireless Service 5 36 Cathy Shore 510 555 0237 On hold yo iT 1 510 555 7592 CALIFORNIA 0 04 If you tap WE to end the call only the active call is ended The call on hold becomes active Make a conference call You can join up to five calls into a six way conference call The number of calls you can
297. splayed tap the name to display ways to get in touch Tap the name to open the person s contact information e Tap a phone number to dial it an email address to send a message and so on Tap to the right of a phone number to send a text message e Tap Add Reminder to add a reminder message to the contact see Assign a reminder message to a contact Chapter 3 Just Type NOTE Ifyou are using Exchange with a corporate server you can search your company s Global Address List GAL for a contact Enter the contact name and then tap Global Address Lookup Search the web You have several options for using Just Type to search the web NO Open Card view see Display all open applications Card view or the Launcher see Open an application in the Launcher Begin typing the search term Launcher call oO 4 Google MORE SEARCHES gt Google Maps DA Wikipedia ie Twitter More QUICK ACTIONS New Email v Do one of the following You may need to scroll down to see web search results e To search the web using your default search engine Tap the search engine name The search engine appears directly beneath any matching contact entries e To view suggested search terms from your default search engine based on the characters you entered Tap Suggest to the right of your default search engine name If your search returns no contacts applications or other items on your phone suggestion
298. ss service providers put phone number information on the SIM card _ Open Phone amp 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts Your phone number appears at the top of the Phone Preferences screen Preferences vr EM its how so Show Contact Matches CAL J Eain ae peia Call Forwarding Show My Caller ID L Call Waiting CHO TIP You can also see your phone number by opening Device Info The number appears as the first entry under Phone Chapter 5 Phone Ta 76 View your call history Your call history is more than just a log It s also a place where you can dial a number listen to voicemail messages and save or view contacts 1 Open Phone amp 2 Tap amp 3 Doany of the following Wireless Service 3G all D All calls Missed calls TODAY Voicemail 2 a 1 408 368 8215 12 26 PM Calvin Lee M 510 555 1289 42 24 PM Dave Marks A M 556 557620 12 18 PM e To switch the types of calls displayed Tap All Calls or Missed Calls e To call a number Tap the number e To listen to a voicemail message Voicemail messages are identified by the icon in the call history entry Tap the entry to listen to the message This feature is available if your phone supports visual voicemail see Use visual voicemail e To display other options for the contact or number Tap the contact __ ff icon or the contact picture to the right of the n
299. ssages in all your email accounts 2 Number to the right of individual folder name indicates number of unread messages in that folder If you reply to a message when you re working in All inboxes the message is sent from the same account in which it was received To reply from a different account tap the From field and tap the other account If you create a new message when you re working in All inboxes the message goes out using the account you set as the default account see Set email preferences Set up email Follow this procedure if you have a common email provider for example AOL EarthLink or Yahoo If you are setting up the Email application to work with your corporate email account that uses Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync see Set up email Microsoft Exchange If the email account you set up takes advantage of the Synergy feature then setting up email also synchronizes the provider s calendar and contacts 1 Open Email 2 Doone of the following e The first time you open Email tap an account type or tap Email Account e If you have already set up an account that takes advantage of the Synergy feature and want to set up another one tap Add An Account and then tap an account type or tap Email Account e Any other time you open Email open the application menu tap Preferences amp Accounts tap Add Account and tap an account type or tap Email Account Email 10 25 3 lll Ea New Mail Account I Ema
300. st not be transported in checked luggage on commercial flights Spare batteries can only be transported in carry on luggage For more information http safetravel dot gov whats_new_batteries html Power Specifications Use only Palm approved power accessories such as AC power adapters USB cables and batteries Unauthorized and non approved batteries will NOT operate with the Pre 2 phone AC Power Adapter source Palm Part Number 157 10108 00 Input Rating 100 240 Vac 50 60Hz 0 2A Output Rating 5Vdc 1000mA Battery Source Palm Type Rechargeable Li ion Polymer Model 157 10119 00 Rating 3 7Vdc 1150mAh minimum Regulatory and Safety Information Recycling and Disposal This symbol indicates that Palm products should be recycled and not be disposed of in unsorted municipal waste Please return Palm products to the electrical and electronic equipment collection points in your municipality or county or to a facility that properly recycles electrical and electronic equipment These collection points are available free of charge For detailed information please contact your municipality or county For information on Palm s environmental programs visit palm com environment Hazardous substances that may be included in electronic products can potentially affect human health and the environment Recycling benefits the environment by diverting waste from landfills and by recovering materials that may be recycled into other produc
301. structions onscreen to add the account Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 111 T12 NOTE If you add your Facebook or LinkedIn account to Contacts your friends Facebook and LinkedIn email addresses show up in Contacts You cannot change Facebook or LinkedIn info from Contacts on your phone You also cannot add friends to your Facebook or LinkedIn account from Contacts To work directly with Facebook use the Facebook application developed for your phone see Facebook To work directly with LinkedIn go to linkedin com in the Web application see Web or download the free LinkedIn application from App Catalog Create a contact You can add a contact to an account If you don t specify the account the new contact is added to your default account If you are using Contacts for the first time you go through a few different steps to add or access the contacts on your phone see Use Contacts for the first time Follow this procedure to add contacts directly on your phone after the first time you use Contacts 1 Open Contacts 2 Tap 3 Optional Tap the account icon to the right of Name to change the account to which the new contact will be added NOTE If an account doesn t appear in the list you can t add data to that account from your phone 4 Tap Name to enter the contact name Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information To add detailed name inform
302. sure to blinking lights if you are tired Operating Machinery Do not use your phone while operating machinery Full attention must be given to operating the machinery in order to reduce the risk of an accident Aircraft While in aircraft follow all instructions regarding the operation of your phone Use of your phone while on board an aircraft must be done in accordance and in compliance with airline instructions and regulations Vehicles with Air Bags Your phone should not be placed in a position that would affect the operation of air bag deployment or in a position that should the air bag inflate could propel the phone Air bags will inflate with great force and care should be taken to protect yourself and your phone within a vehicle that has air bags Do not place a phone in the area over an air bag or in the air bag deployment area Store the phone safely before driving the vehicle Hearing Aids People with hearing aids or cochlear implants may experience interfering noises when using wireless devices or when one is nearby The level of interference will depend on the type of hearing device and the distance from the interference source Increasing the separation between them may reduce the interference You may also consult your hearing aid manufacturer to discuss alternatives Small children Do not leave your phone and its accessories within the reach of small children or allow them to play with it They could hurt themselves or other
303. t of the folder name Set email preferences 1 Open Email 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Set any of the following All Inboxes All Flagged ony The above folders can be added to your list of Favorites ACCOUNTS _ Q gt Gmail El m ampbal F256CG igrme con tel Exchange moana palat con G ma cma Doa i i o S Add Account S e S Smart Folders Set whether to include All Inboxes and or All Flagged messages as favorites at the top of Account List view Accounts Tap an account name to enter advanced settings or to change synchronization settings for email contacts calendar events or tasks see Enter advanced account settings and Rename an account Add Account See Set up email Default Account Tap the account shown and then tap the account you want to set as the new default The default account is used to send a message when you create a new message in Account List view or in a merged folder view such as All Inboxes or All Flagged Reorder accounts You can change the order of the accounts in Account List view 1 Open Email 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Tap and hold the account name wait for the visual cue and then drag the account up or down Reply to meeting invitations You receive meeting invitations on your phone in the same way that you receive email messages You cannot create meeting invitations on your p
304. ta HSDPA uses different modulation and coding techniques to improve downlink performance Your phone supports data rates up to 700Kbps Table 1 Data connection icons Icon Description a Your phone is connected to a GPRS data network G Your phone is connected to an EDGE data network 3G Your phone is connected to a 3G UMTS or HSDPA data network Your phone is connected to a Wi Fi network You can open a data connection 5 Chapter 12 Troubleshooting Email have problems using my account Occasionally you may experience problems using an email account after you set it up If you followed the account setup procedure see Set up email and are experiencing problems using the account verify that the account complies with your email provider s requirements e Verify both your password and your username for your email account e If you changed your password in an online email account you must change the password on your phone see Change account login settings e Some wireless service providers require you to be on their network to use your email account If this is the case be sure to use your provider s network as the connection type for the account e Some wireless service providers have other requirements specific to their service Check with your wireless service provider to find out whether any provider specific requirements exist e Make sure your ISP or wireless service provider allows you to acc
305. ta from somewhere else Depending on the amount of data you are transferring it can take up to an hour to complete the transfer of your data e On Vista only Outlook 2007 is supported e Do not use the DTA to transfer data from a copy of Outlook that is associated with Exchange ActiveSync which wirelessly syncs data between your phone and an Exchange server see Manage online accounts The DTA is compatible with Palm Desktop versions 4 14e 4 2 6 2 and 6 22 If your version of Palm Desktop is not one of these you can download version 6 2 for free from palm com desktop Install it sync with your old Palm device and then use the DTA to transfer your data If you use Palm Desktop on the Mac you can export your contacts calendar events and tasks into Address Book and iCal Then use the DTA to transfer your data For more information go to palm com migrate webOS To transfer Calendar and Contacts to Yahoo you must use the upload tool provided by Yahoo Data is transferred from Yahoo com to the phone but not from phone to Yahoo For more information go to palm com migrate webOS Chapter 4 Copy files and sync your personal data Get data from an online account in the cloud If you are already using Google Facebook Yahoo and or Exchange to manage your calendar and contacts then all you need to do to sync data to your phone is set up one or more of these accounts on your phone The data syncs automatically See Ma
306. tact To delete a visual voicemail entry Throw the entry off the side of the screen Tap Delete to confirm You can also tap and hold the entry tap Delete and then tap Delete to confirm Change your voicemail greeting By default when a caller leaves you a voicemail the caller hears a default greeting from your wireless service provider You can record a custom greeting for callers instead Not all wireless service providers support the option to record a custom voicemail greeting Check with your wireless service provider for information 1 Open Phone amp 2 Open the application menu and tap Voicemail Greeting 3 Under Greeting Type tap No greeting to use the default greeting from your wireless service provider Tap Custom to use a greeting you record 4 Ifyou selected Custom in step 3 use the following controls to review the greeting your current custom greeting Table 1 Voicemail greeting playback controls Table 1 Voicemail greeting playback controls Icon Description Listen to playback through your phone s speakerphone Tap again to listen to playback through the earpiece Move forward or backward Tap and hold the slider and then drag it right to move forward or left to move backward To record a new greeting tap Record a new greeting Use the following controls to record your greeting Table 2 Voicemail greeting recording controls Description Icon Q O a te O Begin rec
307. tap Open the connection menu The connection menu lets you manage wireless services the phone Bluetooth wireless technology Wi Fi and VPN DID YOU KNOW The connection menu also displays the current day and date and the battery charge level 1 Do one of the following Drag down from the upper right corner of the phone above the screen onto the screen e Tap the upper right corner of the screen 2 Tapa menu item to turn that wireless feature on or to display a list of menu items for that feature see Turn wireless services off airplane mode If you see a downward pointing arrow gg at the bottom of the menu scroll down to see additional menu items 3 Toclose the menu without selecting an item repeat one of the options in step 1 View and respond to notifications Respond to a notification Notifications show up at the bottom of the screen to notify you of new voicemail and messages upcoming appointments missed calls application updates and more By default if a notification arrives when the screen is off the gesture area light pulses You can turn this feature off see Get notifications when the screen is locked or off Calendar 11 18 a lt Today Tue Nov 3 555 555 7592 Hello Do one of the following e Tap the notification to act on it e For some types of notifications throw the notification off the side of the screen to dismiss it View all your no
308. tap the current name to highlight it and enter the new name e To change which applications are associated with the account For each app listed tap On or Off e To edit the account information Tap Change Login Settings enter the new username and password and tap Sign In To delete the account Tap Remove Account Tap Remove Account again to confirm Update the Palm webOS operating system Palm provides updates to your phone s operating system Update notifications are sent to your phone automatically when a system update is available see Respond to a system software notification When you update your phone s operating system your personal information and files are not affected In addition to receiving update notifications you can manually check for operating system updates at any time see Manually check for system updates What s more both Palm and many application developers make updates available for applications you installed on your phone You can check in App Catalog at any time for application updates see Update a downloaded application from a notification and Manually check for application updates Chapter 2 Basics 43 44 Respond to a system software notification When you get a notification that a system update is available do one of the following Tap Install Now twice When installation is complete and the phone resets tap Done Installation times vary depending on the size of the update Y
309. te characters Press Option 0 twice to turn on Option Lock The Option Lock symbol appears e Turn off Option Lock Press Option Q Enter passwords You can see each character of a password only as you enter it so be careful Be sure Caps Lock and Option lock are off unless you need them For information on how to enter characters see Enter uppercase letters and Enter alternate keyboard characters Enter characters from the symbols table You can enter symbols and accented characters that don t appear on the keys by using the symbols table See Symbols and accented characters for a list of the available symbols and accented characters 1 Press Sym to display the symbols table 2 Narrow the list by pressing the key that corresponds to the character you want For example to enter an press e TIP The symbols and accented characters are grouped according to their similarity to the corresponding key In some cases the symbol is related to the alternate character on the key not the letter For example to type a or other currency symbol press Sym h Why Because the alternate character on the H key is TIP Ifyou press the wrong key press Backspace to return to the full list of symbols and accented characters You can then press another key ce aN Scroll to find the character you want Tap the character to insert it Symbols and accented characters Table 2 Symbols and accented characters
310. ter 5 Phone Use restricted dialing When restricted dialing is turned on you can make calls to or answer calls from only those numbers that are on your list of restricted numbers To add to or change the list you need to enter a PIN2 If you enter an incorrect PIN2 more times than allowed by your wireless service provider the SIM card locks After the SIM card locks you need to enter a PUK2 to unlock the SIM card Contact your wireless service provider to learn more about restricted dialing BEFORE YOU BEGIN Get your PIN2 from your wireless service provider If you have entered your PIN2 incorrectly and your SIM card is locked obtain your PUK2 from your wireless service provider 1 Open Phone amp 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 In Restricted Dialing tap On or Off 4 Ifyou turn restricted dialing on enter the PIN2 and tap Next 5 To edit the restricted number dialing list In Restricted Dialing tap View Restricted Dialing List and do one of the following e To add an entry Tap Add an entry and enter the PIN2 Enter the name and phone number and tap Done e To edit an entry Tap the entry and enter the PIN2 Edit the information and tap Done e To delete an entry Swipe the entry off the side of the screen and enter the PIN2 Tap Delete to confirm Set roaming and data usage preferences Use roaming and data usage preferences to set options for using your phone in your home network a
311. ter when the USB Drive screen is no longer displayed on your phone The new file appears in the list of ringtones on your phone You can select the new ringtone to apply to all incoming calls see Select the ringtone for incoming calls or set it as a unique ringtone for a contact see Add a ringtone to a contact Chapter 11 Preferences Troubleshooting Although we can t anticipate all the questions you might have this chapter provides answers to some of the most commonly asked questions For additional information and answers to other common questions visit palm com support Remember that when you search your phone s Help system you get results not only from the Help system but from Palm s Support Knowledge Base as well In this chapter 204 207 207 211 213 214 215 218 218 219 219 220 220 221 221 222 223 224 224 224 225 6Ts Six ways to get your Palm Pre 2 phone working again For users of other Palm devices Battery Screen and performance Phone Hands free devices Synchronization Sending and receiving data in Email Messaging and Web Email Messaging Wi Fi Web Calendar and Contacts Camera Photos Videos and Music Transferring information from your computer Backing up and restoring data Updates Transferring information from another Palm webOS platform phone Third party applications Making room on your phone Chapter 12 Troubleshooting 203 6Ts
312. th this product 2 An body worn accessory that contains NO metal snaps clips etc and provides AT LEAST 1 5 cm of separation between the user s body and the unit Do NOT use the device in a manner such that it is in direct contact with the body i e on the lap or in a breast pocket Such use will likely exceed the FCC RF safety exposure limits See fec gov oet rfsafety for more information on RF exposure safety To view the most recent SAR values of the Palm Pre 2 phone visit palm com sarumts pre Body worn operation Important safety information regarding radio frequency RF radiation exposure To ensure compliance with RF exposure guidelines the phone must be used with a minimum of 1 5 cm separation from the body Failure to observe these instructions could result in your RF exposure exceeding the relevant guideline limits Limiting exposure to radio frequency RF fields For individuals concerned about limiting their exposure to RF fields the World Health Organization WHO provides the following advice Precautionary measures Present scientific information does not indicate the need for any special precautions for the use of mobile phones If individuals are concerned they might choose to limit their own or their children s RF exposure by limiting the length of calls or using hands free devices to keep mobile phones away from the head and body Further information on this subject can be obtained from the WHO home pag
313. that enables synchronization of your phone directly to your desktop 1 Go to palm com sync solutions to learn about third party applications that enable you to sync your phone with your computer 2 Follow the instructions given by the third party vendor to install the app on your computer NOTE You may also have to install another part of the application on your phone Follow the instructions of the third party vendor Sync desktop organizer to Google and Google to phone Download and install a third party application sold separately that can sync your desktop app to Google Your desktop app syncs with your Google account and your phone also syncs with Google 1 On your computer set up an account on the Google website if you don t already have one go to gmail com Chapter 4 Copy files and sync your personal data 63 2 Setup your Google account on your phone See Manage online accounts 3 Install a third party application on your computer that enables you to sync with Google Go to palm com sync solutions to learn about available third party sync solutions 4 _ Follow the instructions of the third party app to sync the data in your desktop app with Google The next time Google syncs with your phone your data appears on your phone 64 Chapter 4 Copy files and sync your personal data Phone Your Palm Pre 2 phone enables you to effectively manage multiple calls You can answer a second call swap between
314. the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Under Network in Manual tap Off to switch manual network settings from Off to On 4 Tap Edit Network Settings 5 Tap Internet APN and enter the settings you obtained from your wireless service provider 6 Tap MMS APN and enter the settings you obtained from your wireless service provider 7 Tap Change Settings Turn TTY TDD on off A TTY also known as TDD or text telephone is a telecommunications device that allows people who are deaf or hard of hearing or who have speech or language disabilities to communicate by telephone Your phone is compatible with select TTY devices You can connect a TTY TDD machine to your phone using the headset jack Check with the manufacturer of your TTY device for connectivity information Be sure that the TTY device supports digital wireless transmission NOTE When TTY is enabled you cannot use the headset jack for anything else and all audio modes are disabled on your phone including holding the phone up to your ear and listening 1 Connect a TTY TDD device to your phone using the headset jack N Open Phone amp 3 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 4 n TTY TDD tap On or Off Chapter 5 Phone 83 84 Use SIM Toolkit The SIM Toolkit app gives you access to services from your wireless service provider such as account information payment and news Features vary by wireless ser
315. the data from the desktop application to your phone see Export data from a desktop organizer on your computer You can assign this data to sync with an online account You can also assign it to the Palm profile account Data in this account is backed up to your Palm profile daily so you can retrieve it if you need to reset your phone But it is not a true sync because you cannot change your Palm profile data anywhere except on your phone If your desktop Outlook synchronizes with an Exchange server using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync you cannot do a one way export of that Outlook data to your phone However you can synchronize the Outlook data wirelessly with your phone through your Exchange account TIP A number of third party applications sold separately are available that let you synchronize data on your Pre 2 phone with a desktop application Visit palm com sync solutions to learn more have an Exchange account at work but my data is not being downloaded to my phone Check with your system administrator to obtain or verify the name of the mail server that offers you wireless access to the corporate mail system If you cannot obtain the name of this server some companies do not give it out because they do not want wireless access to their servers you cannot synchronize with your Exchange account If your company requires you to change your password for accessing your Exchange account you must change the password on your p
316. the web address http Wwww palm com us support If your phone s browser can t follow the redirect enter the web address in a desktop browser and read the actual web address in the address bar Then enter the actual address in your phone s browser An image or map is too small on my screen Do either of the following e To switch to landscape mode to see more of the image turn the phone on its side e To zoom in on the image pinch out or double tap the image A secure site refuses to permit a transaction Some websites don t support certain browsers for transactions Contact the site s webmaster to make sure the site allows transactions using your phone s web browser Calendar and Contacts haven t entered any contacts or calendar events on my phone but when open those apps see entries The entries you see displayed in Calendar or Contacts have been downloaded to your phone from one of your online accounts such as Google or Exchange Anytime you are in Email Calendar or Contacts you can set up a relationship to wirelessly sync data with one of these accounts And after you enter the account settings in just one of these apps any information you have online is automatically downloaded to all three so if you set up a Gmail account in Email but also have a Google calendar your phone s calendar automatically displays events entered in your Google calendar You can remove an online account from an application so th
317. the wireless services on your phone are turned off Wireless services include the phone used for making and receiving calls the Wi Fi feature and Bluetooth wireless technology See Turn wireless services off airplane mode application menu A menu hidden in the upper left corner of the screen that lists items available in an application such as cut copy and paste where available preferences and application help To open the application menu drag down from the upper left corner of the phone above the screen onto the screen or tap the application name in the upper left corner of the screen See Open the application menu for details See also connection menu application search A search feature that is available after you open certain applications To search simply begin typing a search term when the list view is displayed for example a contact name or phone number the subject text of an email message or a few words from a memo See also Just Type application update An update from the developer of an application you bought through App Catalog on your phone You can check for application updates manually Additional fees may apply See Update the Palm webOS operating system back The gesture you use to move up one level from a detailed view to a more general view of the application you re working in The back gesture is a quick swipe from right to left in the gesture area For example when you finish reading an
318. tifications For most types of notifications if you do not tap a notification after a few seconds it becomes an icon in the lower right portion of the screen 1 Tap anywhere on the bottom of the screen to display your notifications Wireless Service 5 35 Just Tyi Je Voicemail 2 messages Drop off car Today 4 00pm Greg Madison Check out this cool app 2 Tap a notification to act on it If the notification has a number next to it the number indicates how many items are included in the notification how many voicemail or email messages you have and so on Some notifications enable you to perform multiple actions For example on a calendar notification tap the calendar icon to open Calendar in Day view with the event displayed or tap the event name to open the event details screen Chapter 2 Basics 41 42 Reorder notifications and other dashboard items The area that displays all of your notifications see View all your notifications is called the dashboard e Tap and hold a dashboard item and then drag it to a different location e Throw a dashboard item off the side of the screen to dismiss it Create and work with favorites You can quickly reach your closest contacts by phone email or text multimedia message by designating them as favorites Creating a favorite from a contact lets you view and touch base with that contact in just a few taps You can view favorites in the following apps
319. to position the photo as a thumbnail on a map Background Data Collection Available only when Google Services is on When Background Data Collection is on anonymous location data is collected from your phone This data is used to improve the quality of Location Services Preferences EOS OK ATIAN ES pE ERE ET Auto Locate gt Your location will be amnormatcally provided to applications that request jt ns Geotag Photos Ch Stores the GPS coordinates oi your location when you use the camera Background Data Cy Collection rd Allows Google to autornatically collect anonymous location data to improve the quality of location services k ud Optional To turn GPS on off open the application menu tap Locate Me Using and tap GPS GPS which is turned on by default is a radio technology that uses line of sight communication with satellites orbiting the earth GPS is very accurate for turn by turn directions and for pinpointing your location when you are outside and with a clear view of the sky Chapter 9 Web and wireless connections 169 5 Optional To turn Google Services on off open the application menu tap Locate Me Using and tap Google Services NOTE GPS and Google Services can be on at the same time Google Services uses cellular radio towers and Wi Fi access points to approximate your location This technology is very fast to acquire a location fix but it is not a
320. to restart your phone Please be patient while your phone completes startup An application is not responding to taps Tap the center of the gesture area If the application screen minimizes to a card throw the card off the top of the screen to close the app If the screen does not respond to taps at all press and hold power and Slide the ringer switch three times to restart your phone Then wait until your phone completes startup Applications are running slowly NOTE Be sure that any third party applications you install are compatible with the Palm webOS platform Applications written for earlier Palm smartphones using the Palm OS operating system or Windows Mobile are not compatible with your Pre 2 phone If you can try a free version of the software before purchasing it you can test it first to make sure it works properly 1 Tap the center of the gesture area to display Card view 2 Scroll through the cards and note how many applications are open 3 Close any application you are not using by throwing its card off the top of the screen If the problem persists after you close apps you are not using restart your phone see Restart your phone Chapter 12 Troubleshooting My gestures in the gesture area aren t working e Some gestures begin in the gesture area and end in the touchscreen and vice versa Crossing the border between the two areas with your finger is crucial to making the gesture successfully Likewi
321. tos Transfer upload from Yes No Only info in Photos is phone to web deleted Online accounts available for Palm webOS phones 231 292 Table 1 Online accounts available for Palm webOS phones Account Applications that display Relationship between Can edit and add info to Can edit and add data to What happens when data from this account phone and online this account on my this account on the web delete this account from account phone one app Yahoo Contacts Calendar Contacts Transfer from Contacts No Yes Only info in that app is Messaging Email web to phone Calendar Yes deleted info remains in th Calendar Sync eras eke YouTube Videos Transfer upload from Yes No Only info in Videos is phone to web The information contained in this table is subject to change with webOS updates deleted Sync A two way exchange and update of your data What you add or change in one location is automatically added or changed in the other Transfer A one way update of your data You can add or change data only in one location the data is then copied to the other location Only the data on your phone is deleted The data source is not affected If you delete an account from your phone using the Accounts app all data from that account is removed from all apps associated with the account Online accounts available for Palm webOS phones Specifications Table 1 Specifications Category D
322. ts Responsible recycling ensures materials are properly collected and disposed Palm is committed to supporting the collection and recycling of its products Palm is committed to participate in and support the European Union WEEE Directive 2002 96 EC and the protection of the environment for future generations For more information on the WEEE Directive implementation in the various EU member states please see weee forum org It is everyone s responsibility to ensure that electrical and electronic products are properly reused recycled or recovered As part of Palm s corporate commitment to be a good steward of the environment we strive to use environmentally friendly materials reduce waste and collaborate with our channel partners to raise awareness and help keep Palm handheld devices phones and mobile companions out of landfills through evaluation and disposition for reuse and recycling Visit palm com recycle for additional details and information about how you can help reduce electronic waste User Safety Operational Warnings IMPORTANT INFORMATION ON SAFE AND EFFICIENT OPERATION Read this information before using your phone For the safe and efficient operation of your phone observe these guidelines Potentially explosive atmospheres Turn off your phone when you are in any areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere such as fueling areas gas or petrol stations below deck on boats storage facilities for fuel or chemicals
323. ttery Your phone includes an internal lithium ion or lithium ion polymer battery Please note that use of certain data applications can result in heavy battery use and may require Regulatory and Safety Information frequent battery charging Any disposal of the phone or battery must comply with laws and regulations pertaining to lithium ion or lithium ion polymer batteries Demagnetization To avoid the risk of demagnetization do not allow electronic devices or magnetic media close to your phone for a long time Normal use position When making or receiving a phone call hold your phone to your ear with the bottom towards your mouth or as you would a fixed line phone Emergency calls This phone like any wireless phone operates using radio signals which cannot guarantee connection in all conditions Therefore you must never rely solely on any wireless phone for emergency communications Phone heating Your phone may become warm during charging and during normal use Accessories Use only approved accessories Do not connect with incompatible products or accessories Take care not to touch or allow metal objects such as coins or key rings to contact or short circuit the battery terminals Connection to a car Seek professional advice when connecting a phone interface to the vehicle electrical system Faulty and damaged products Do not attempt to disassemble the phone or its accessory Only qualified personnel must service or repair
324. ttery the battery may have reached the end of its useful life and needs to be replaced See need to replace the battery for details need to replace the battery Your Pre 2 phone comes with a replaceable battery Be sure to use a battery that is approved by Palm that is compatible with your phone Failure to use the proper battery may result in personal injury or product damage and it voids your phone warranty NOTE Please dispose of the old battery properly See Recycling and Disposal 1 If the USB cable is attached to the phone disconnect the USB cable 2 Ifa wired headset is attached to the phone disconnect the headset 3 Turn the phone completely off see Shut down your phone Chapter 12 Troubleshooting 4 Press and release the back cover release 7 Lift off the back cover 5 Slide your thumbnail or a credit card between the back cover and the phone starting at the bottom and moving halfway up one side until you hear the clasp a release 8 Remove the battery by pulling the tab that appears at the top of the battery 6 Repeat step 5 to release the clasp b on the other side of the phone 9 Insert the new battery 208 Chapter 12 Troubleshooting 10 Position the back cover over the phone and gently press the two clasps 12 Press and hold the power button on the upper right corner of your a located at the top corners Then press the two clasps b halfway phone until you see a logo on the s
325. ty Desktop Brightness Unlock Gestures Settings Preferences Store Audio Music Volume Vibrate Silent Settings Preferences Settings Preferences To Do Todos Checklist Movies Browser Blazer Internet Videos Movies Chapter 3 Just Type D9 56 Customize Just Type You can select the types of information that are included in a search For contacts you can also turn Global Address Lookup on or off You can choose which web search options to display in the search results and add new search engines to the list You can select the applications that you can launch directly from search results 1 In Card view or the Launcher begin typing some text to bring up the search results screen You can type an actual search term or a just a few characters 2 Scroll to the bottom of the search results screen and tap Preferences TIP You can also access Just Type preferences by typing some text in Card view or the Launcher opening the application menu and tapping Preferences Preferences 9 38 3G all ul 2 Just Type Preferences ACFA by Ar A P ia Google EDIT You can drag and drop to reordersearch options and swipe to remove ei Bookmarks amp History Ea Email Add Application Searches 3 Select any of the following options Default Search Engine This is the search engine your phone uses to search the web when you enter a search term To change the search Chapter 3 J
326. ty headset manufacturer if the product is compatible with your phone If you hear a headset buzz or poor microphone performance your headset may be incompatible with your phone 1 Connect the headset While on a call the jess icon changes to 43 2 The headset button performs different actions depending on the headset model and what s happening on the phone Press the headset button once to perform any of the following tasks supported by your particular headset e Answer an incoming call e Respond to call waiting e Hang up a single active call or all calls on a conference call if there is no extracted call e Switch between calls if there is one active call and one call on hold 3 If you want to stop using the headset do any of the following e To switch from the headset to your phone s speakerphone Tap and tap Speaker e To switch from the wired headset to a previously paired Bluetooth hands free device Tap and tap the device name e To use your phone without the headset Disconnect the headset Set up and use a Bluetooth hands free device Your phone is compatible with many headsets and car kits sold separately enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology version 21 with EDR and Stereo with AVRCP media controls After you set up a connection with a Bluetooth headset or hands free car kit you can communicate using that device whenever it is within range and the Bluetooth feature on your phone is turned o
327. types Alert option 89 alerts See alarms notifications All Calendars view 123 All Flagged folder 229 All Inboxes folder 86 229 all day events 125 alternate characters 35 Amazon accounts 155 222 Amazon MP3 service 155 157 191 222 AMR files 153 202 animations 8 anniversary events 124 answering phone 69 70 74 antenna 238 AOL 86 App Catalog 45 49 53 191 application menu 39 227 application search 227 application update 48 227 applications See also third party applications specific types adding 45 47 buying 45 closing 31 compatibility 212 default 197 deleting 34 225 dialing from 67 69 displaying 30 erasing 223 in Quick Launch 29 32 33 included with phone 235 losing 223 moving between 31 opening 28 30 54 Palm OS 45 phone calls and 73 reinstalling 48 running 8 search keywords 55 searching in 53 54 56 227 troubleshooting 195 204 212 217 updating 48 227 appointments See events artists 153 156 attachments certificates in 198 Index 245 246 files as 184 186 internal memory and 225 messages and 92 98 opening 93 102 pictures as 100 146 saving 93 vCards 110 videos as 101 audio files See music audio quality 215 audio source 13 201 authentication 160 162 219 Auto Locate option 169 auto capitalization 36 auto correction 36 37 automatic backup 190 Automatic IP settings options 163 auto shut off interval 199 214 B back cover 16 210 211 234 ba
328. ulatory and Safety Information 239 240 More than one month 20 C to 45 C Battery Handling e Do not disassemble or open crush bend or deform puncture or shred the battery e Do not modify or remanufacture attempt to insert foreign objects into the battery immerse or expose to water or other liquids expose to fire explosion or other hazard e Only use the battery for the system for which it is specified e Only use the battery with a charging system that has been qualified with the system per the IEEE CTIA 1725 standard Use of an unqualified battery or charger may present a risk of fire explosion leakage or other hazard e Do not short circuit a battery or allow metallic conductive objects to contact battery terminals e Replace the battery only with another battery that has been qualified with the system per IEEE CTIA 1725 Use of an unqualified battery may present a risk of fire explosion leakage or other hazard e Promptly dispose of used batteries in accordance with local regulations e Battery usage by children should be supervised e Avoid dropping the phone or battery If the phone or battery is dropped especially on a hard surface and the user suspects damage take it to a service center for inspection Do not handle a damaged or leaking Lithium lon Ll ion battery as you can be burned e Improper battery use may result in a fire explosion or other hazard e Based on DOT rules spare batteries mu
329. ult Folders option 90 default phone numbers 78 default search engines 56 default settings 223 delete gesture 28 deleted items folder 95 deleting See also erasing data alarms 136 albums 144 applications 34 225 billing accounts 49 Bluetooth devices 178 Index bookmarks 173 browsing history 175 buddies 106 certificates 198 contacts 118 conversations 103 cookies 175 email 90 95 email accounts 90 events 126 files 58 folders 58 information 196 instant messaging accounts 106 Launcher pages 34 memos 134 messages 103 music 155 numbers on dial pad 67 online accounts 147 185 216 pictures 148 ringtones 115 shortcuts 37 tasks 133 videos 151 visual voicemail 72 VPN profiles 168 web page content 175 demagnetization 242 desktop organizers 59 61 63 207 Device Info application 195 198 device See Palm Pre 2 phone Bluetooth devices Devices list 176 diagnostic information 196 197 dial pad 66 dialing 66 69 from applications 67 69 from conversations 99 with dial pad 66 favorites 67 with Just Type 66 with keyboard 67 from messages 103 with redial 69 speed 68 115 from web pages 174 dialing prefixes 81 dialing shortcuts 81 dictionary 37 Digital Rights Management DRM 149 152 directions 168 display See touchscreen display size text 183 186 displaying album headers 146 calendar events 125 certificates 198 contacts 71 72 76 103 113 114 115 116 117 email folders 96 97 imag
330. umber Chapter 5 Phone DID YOU KNOW If a call history entry displays a number next to the contact picture or icon this indicates that you made and or received multiple calls in a row to or from that phone number or contact If you had calls to or from a contact using more than one of that contact s phone numbers all calls are collapsed into a single entry and the most recently used phone number is displayed e To delete a call history entry Throw the entry off the side of the screen Tap Delete to confirm e To clear the call history Open the application menu tap Clear Call History and tap Clear Call History to confirm 4 Ifyou displayed additional options for the contact or number do any of the following e To call an alternate number for a contact Tap the number To send a text message Tap e To save the number to Contacts Tap Add to Contacts see Save a phone number to Contacts e To view a contact entry Tap View Contact DID YOU KNOW The additional options display includes the time and type incoming outgoing missed of the call If a call history entry collapses multiple calls the additional options show information for each call Work with favorites You can quickly reach your closest contacts by phone email or text multimedia message by designating them as favorites Creating a favorite from a contact lets you view and touch base with that contact in just a few taps For instruct
331. ust Type engine tap the currently displayed engine and then tap the one you want The list contains two types of search engines Engines that search the entire web such as Google and engines that search within a specific website only such as Wikipedia Applications If you include applications in your searches any matching items in those applications are included in your search results To add an application to your search results tap Add Application Searches and then tap the application name Launch amp Search This list displays other web search engines and applications your phone searches when you enter a search term Search engines are designated by Web you can make any listed search engine the default search engine Applications included in your searches are designated by App To include other search engines or applications in your searches tap Add More Searches and tap the item you want Quick Actions This displays the types of items you can create from your search results such as an email message or a memo To add a new item type tap Add Quick Actions and tap the item Find More This option lets you search App Catalog for third party applications and services that you can use to perform any of the following Just Type functions web search app search or creation of a new item Quick Action For example you can use Find More to download a new web search engine To use this feature tap Find More and then download an
332. uy a song BEFORE YOU BEGIN Before you download a song to your phone make sure you have enough storage space on your phone to fit the file Open Device Info amp and look at the Available field under Phone 1 Search for see Search for a specific song album or artist or browse to see Browse songs albums artists or genres an album or artist entry containing the song you want 2 To preview a song tap anywhere on the song entry except the price Amazon MP3 3G all 0 Neko Case The Next Time You S 0 99 People Got A Lotta N FREE Polar Nettles Never Turn Your Bac Downloads 3 Tap the song price and tap Buy 4 Enter your email address and password and tap Sign In To purchase songs without needing to enter your password each time turn on Enable 1 Click IMPORTANT When you are signed in to your Amazon MP3 account your credit card is charged for the price of an item as soon as you tap Buy View and work with downloaded items 1 Open the application menu and tap Downloads This displays items that you are currently downloading or that you already downloaded 2 Tocancel a current download tap W After you download an item listen to it in the Music application see Get music onto your phone Chapter 8 Photos videos and music 157 158 Chapter 8 Photos videos and music Web and wireless connections With your wireless service provider s network and In this chapter your Pa
333. ve IM messages or tap a message and reply to it e Continue an existing conversation Tap the conversation 3 Enter your message 4 Tap TIP You can copy the contents of a conversation as plain text which you can paste in a memo email message and so on see Copy messages Switch between messaging accounts in a conversation In a single conversation you can switch between text multimedia messaging and an IM account So if you are having an IM chat with someone and he or she goes offline you can send the person a text message to wrap up the conversation You can also switch between different phone numbers for sending a text message to a person TIP To be able to switch between text messaging and IM messaging with someone that person s mobile phone number and IM address must be in the same single contact or a linked contact If the address and number are in different unlinked contacts link them see Link a contact 1 In Messaging start a new conversation or open one that s listed in Conversations view 2 Tap Text or an IM account name in the upper right corner of the screen If available the other ways to communicate with this contact appear in a list Tap the account or phone number you want to use Messaging 555 555 7592 Sure What s the plan Enter message here Dial a number from a conversation 1 Open Messaging amp 2 Tapa conversation 3 Do one of the following e Tap th
334. ve the problem e Yes Stop e No Continue T6 Connect your phone to your computer and reinstall webOS software IMPORTANT Don t try this method till you ve already tried the five Ts before this 1 Remove the battery Don t know how See need to replace the battery 2 Write down the serial number S N printed in the battery compartment 3 Open your computer s web browser and go to palm com rom 4 Click the link to run webOS Doctor enter the serial number and follow the instructions Why this might help Something may have happened to your phone that corrupted its operating system Installing the latest version of the webOS platform refreshes alll memory Want help while you use webOS Doctor Go to palm com support Select your phone and wireless service provider and click Support Services Select one of the Palm support options For users of other Palm devices want to transfer my data from my computer If your personal information such as contacts or calendar events are stored in a desktop organizer such as Palm Desktop by ACCESS or Microsoft Outlook you can do a one time one way export of that data from the desktop organizer to your Palm Pre 2 phone Windows You can transfer contacts calendar events tasks and memos notes from Palm Desktop software by ACCESS version 4 1 4e 4 2 6 2 or 6 2 2 and Microsoft Outlook 2003 or later If your version of Palm Desktop is not one of these
335. vice provider NOTE Not all wireless service providers support the SIM Toolkit app If SIM Toolkit does not appear in the Launcher your wireless service provider does not support the app 1 Open SIM Toolkit 2 View and work with the features displayed Chapter 5 Phone Email text multimedia and instant messaging Enjoy the ease and speed of keeping in touch with In this chapter friends family and colleagues anywhere you can access your wireless service provider s data network or 86 Email a Wi Fi network You can send and receive 98 Messaging attachments as well And keep the Messaging app in mind for times when you need to send a short text multimedia or instant message to a mobile phone number especially handy when you re in a meeting that s running late Chapter 6 Email text multimedia and instant messaging 85 86 Email How do send and receive email on my phone Use the Email application on your phone to access the many email accounts you have company like Exchange ISP like Earthlink or Comcast and web based like Gmail The Palm Synergy feature makes it easy to synchronize exactly the data you want from an online account e f you want to sync all your data from an account set up the account directly in Email Contacts or Calendar By setting up synchronization in one app synchronization of the other apps is automatically set up for you For example if you set up
336. videos available online at the YouTube website Videos are displayed on your phone in landscape orientation 1 2 Open YouTube E Do one of the following e To search for a video Tap Search All Videos enter a search term and press Enter or tap amp YouTube palm SEARCH RESULTS Palm Pre zine Palm Pre ones Palm Pre jon e To display the most highly rated videos Tap Videos and tap Popular This is the default view e To display the most frequently viewed videos Tap Videos and tap Most Viewed e To display videos you have recently viewed Tap Videos and tap History 3 When the video you want appears do one of the following e To view the video Tap the video thumbnail e To view video details Tap the text to the right of the video thumbnail DID YOU KNOW Some videos can be viewed in YouTube on your computer only For those videos you can view video details on your phone but if you try to play the video on your phone an error message appears Chapter 8 Photos videos and music 151 Use video playback controls Playback controls automatically appear when you start a YouTube video They disappear after a few seconds Tap the video to manually display or dismiss the controls Table 4 Video playback controls Control Function La Play m Pause Move forward or backward tap and hold the slider and then drag it right to move forward or left to move backward
337. volume at which you can hear adequately e When using headphones turn the volume down if you cannot hear the people speaking near you or if the person sitting next to you can hear what you are listening to e Do not turn the volume up to block out noisy surroundings If you choose to listen to your portable device in a noisy environment use noise cancelling headphones to block out background environmental noise e Limit the amount of time you listen As the volume increases less time is required before your hearing could be affected e Avoid using headphones after exposure to extremely loud noises such as rock concerts that might cause temporary hearing loss Temporary hearing loss might cause unsafe volumes to sound normal e Do not listen at any volume that causes you discomfort If you experience ringing in your ears hear muffled speech or experience any temporary hearing difficulty after listening to your portable audio device discontinue use and consult your doctor e You can obtain additional information on this subject from the following sources American Academy of Audiology 11730 Plaza America Drive Suite 300 Reston VA 20190 Regulatory and Safety Information 241 242 Voice 800 222 2336 Email info audiology org Internet audiology org National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders National Institutes of Health 31 Center Drive MSC 2320 Bethesda MD USA 20892 2320 Voice 301 496 7243
338. webOS operating system and Use App Catalog to shop for new applications Downloads occur faster over Wi Fi than over your wireless service provider s data connection and thus use less battery power e Keep in mind that frequent use of instant messaging IM can reduce battery life Sign out of your IM account when you are not using it see Sign out of an IM account e Shut down the phone completely when you won t be using it for an extended period of time see Shut down your phone Chapter 2 Basics e Buy an extra battery as a spare for long plane trips or periods of heavy use To purchase batteries that are compatible with your phone go to palm com store and click Accessories for your phone Turn the phone on off Your Pre 2 phone s screen can be turned on and off separately from its wireless services which are the Phone amp amp app Wi Fi amp app and Bluetooth app This means you can wake up the screen to use just the organizer features of your device Calendar Contacts Tasks Memos and so on without turning on the phone and other wireless features Also when the screen is turned off the phone can be on and ready for you to receive phone calls or messages Turn the screen on off Turn the screen on and leave the wireless services turned off when you want to use only the organizer features for example when you re on a plane and you must turn off all wireless services but you want to look at your calendar
339. within hot paid free or new apps only first tap the corresponding icon at the bottom of the screen and then enter a search term 4 When the app you want appears onscreen tap the name to display app details 5 On the app details screen do any of the following App Catalog 7 11 Pandora Radio Pandora 66 C Reviews THS Share Pandora Radio is your own FREE personalized radio now available to stream music on your Palm Pre Just start N Download for free 46 Chapter 2 Basics e Tap a screenshot to see a larger view e Tap Reviews to read all reviews Tap Share and then tap Email or Text Message to share info about an app with a friend Tap Developer Home to go to the app developer s home page If available tap Support to go to the developer s product support page If available tap the YouTube link to view a video of the app in your phone s You Tube application Download a free application BEFORE YOU BEGIN Before you download an app make sure you have enough storage space on your phone to fit the app Open Device Info amp and look at the Available field under Phone a Open App Catalog F 2 Finda free app you want see Browse applications in App Catalog 3 Tap the app name and then tap Download for free 4 Ifthe application uses Location Services a notification appears see Location Services Tap Continue TIP To pause a download tap the Downloading progress bar To resume downloa
340. y apps Videos Wallpaper Web Wi Fi Word When you sign in to your Palm profile after your phone is erased apps you downloaded from App Catalog are downloaded again Nothing is backed up Tasks in your Palm profile account Username for online accounts that sync like Exchange Nothing is backed up Apps you downloaded are downloaded again from App Catalog Nothing is backed up Keep a copy of these files on your computer see Copy files between your phone and your computer Nothing is backed up Bookmarks Browser cookies Nothing is backed up See entry for Quickoffice App settings and data stored in the app Applications from sources other than App Catalog Tasks in online accounts Passwords for online accounts that sync like Exchange Downloads and web settings Manually back up information to your Palm profile Backup occurs automatically every day but we recommend that you manually back up your information before you reset your phone or change your Palm profile settings 1 Open Backup gy Backup f s O Preferences F ll ee Your Palm profile account and related records are backed up automatically every day Visit palm com support for more information Back up now 2 Tap Back up now Erase Palm profile information from the server Z Open Backup gj Preferences 36 uE lt Backup ow Your Palm profile
341. y have a Quickoffice account the first time you open the Quickoffice app tap Sign In enter your account email address and password and tap Sign In After you set up your Quickoffice account you can set up additional accounts associated with online collaborative tools such as Google Docs or Dropbox You can then view files from these accounts in Quickoffice on your phone You must already have an account online for the tool to set up the account in Quickoffice on your phone Open Quickoffice and tap Add New Account Tap the account type enter the login information and tap Sign In Open a file You can view a file in an online account that you set up files that you copy from your computer see Copy files between your phone and your computer or files that you receive as an email attachment see Open email attachments You can view files in DOC DOCX TXT XLS XLSX PPT and PPTX formats BEFORE YOU BEGIN Before you put a file on your phone make sure you have enough storage space on your phone to fit the file Open Device Info and look at the Available field under Phone Open Quickoffice Any accounts you set up on your phone appear onscreen The option Files on my Palm also appears Quickoffice 1 49 i me Quickoffice LOCAL BLES LOCALE S a b Files on my Palm Local iles ACCOUNTS oe TE a Add New Account Ar id 3 newsremntie acnrnunt Tap an account to view files in that account Tap Files
342. y need to set up a VPN virtual private network You can do this using the Palm VPN application VPN enables you to log in to your corporate server through the company s firewall security layer You need to set up a VPN to access a corporate server in any of the following situations e Your company s wireless local area network LAN is outside the firewall Chapter 9 Web and wireless connections e Your company s wireless LAN is inside the firewall but you are accessing the network from outside the firewall for example from a public location or at home Check with your company s system administrator to see if a VPN is required for accessing the corporate network Add a VPNC VPN profile VPNC is a Cisco compatible IPSEC client BEFORE YOU BEGIN Get the following information from your system administrator e Profile name e VPN server e Username and password e Group ID e Group secret e Domain e Dead peer detection setting e Encryption method Secure Weak or None e Nat traversal method Cisco UDP NAT T always NAT T auto detect or Disabled Open VPN 8 2 Tap Add Profile 3 If VPNCis not selected already in the Connection Type field tap the 9 Tap Continue to acknowledge that you are accessing a private Connection Type field and tap VPNC network E Add A Profile Add a Cisco AnyConnect VPN profile oe BEFORE YOU BEGIN Get the following information
343. your Facebook news page tap 9 Do one of the following e Tap New Photo tap and tap Upload This Photo e Tap a photo folder tap a photo and then tap Upload This Photo 4 Optional Enter a caption 5 Tap Q Work with photos you uploaded 1 Open Facebook fi 2 Tap He and tap Photos 3 Do either of the following e To view photos you uploaded Tap an album and tap a photo e To add a comment to a photo Tap an album tap a photo and then tap EJ tap the screen if EJ is not visible Enter a comment and tap View events and birthdays in your Facebook calendar 1 Open Facebook fi 2 Tap HEH and tap Events 3 Tap either of the following Events View upcoming events Birthdays View friends birthdays Customize Facebook 1 Open Facebook Kd 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts Chapter 7 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 139 3 Set the following options Every 20 minutes Defines the polling interval for incoming notifications To change the polling interval tap Every 20 minutes and tap a new interval webOS Notifications Tap to turn this setting on or off When this setting is turned on new notifications are announced on the Dashboard Accounts Tap an account to change login settings or remove the account Change login settings only if you have changed this information for your online Facebook account The information you enter here must match the i
344. your Google contacts account in Contacts before you set up Gmail when you first open Email you find that your Gmail messages are already downloaded And when you first open Calendar you find that your Google calendar events are already in your phone s Calendar app e If you want to specify which apps get data from an online account Set up the account using the Accounts application see Use the Accounts application to set up an online account For email accounts that do not make use of the Synergy feature you need to set up the Email account either in the Email application see Set up email or in the Accounts application see Use the Accounts application to set up an online account You can also use your phone s web browser to view your web based email just go to the email provider s website Merged inboxes in Email You can set up multiple email accounts on your phone When you open Email you see all your accounts in a single view Account List view From there you can open the inbox of an individual account or you can open the Chapter 6 Email text multimedia and instant messaging All Inboxes smart folder and see all messages from all your inboxes displayed in a merged view oe Ea FAVORITES O All inboxes ie All Flagged a Inbox FFA i EXCHANGE Z O x gt Inbox H te GOOGLE 4 Syl EXCHANGE gt 1 i 4 Number to the right of All inboxes indicates the total number of unread email me
345. your finger to the app you want and then lift your finger The application opens smart folder One of two folders All Inboxes and All Flagged that can be set to appear at the top of the Account List view in the Email application See Set email preferences swipe A light fast horizontal skimming of your finger on the touchscreen used for example to go from page to page in the Launcher or from day to day in Calendar The back gesture is an example of a swipe used in the gesture area See Basic gestures Sym D key The key you use to enter symbols and accented characters Press Sym to open the full table of symbols Press Sym plus a letter key to narrow the table to symbols associated with that letter for example press GD e to enter Synergy feature The feature from Palm that lets you take advantage of merged views and linked contacts on your phone See Your Palm Pre 2 phone Glossary of Terms 229 230 system update Updates provided by Palm to the Palm webOS platform and core applications such as Contacts and Calendar When a system update is available a notification appears on your phone You can also check for system updates manually See Update the Palm webOS operating system tap A light quick touch on the touchscreen used for example to open an app by tapping its icon Use your fingertip to tap Don t use your fingernail and don t use a pen or pencil the screen does not respond to
346. zation 215 217 third party applications 224 225 transferring data 222 223 224 updates 224 Wi Fi 219 trusted partnerships See pairing TTY TDD devices 83 Turn Off And Erase Data option 193 Turn on off Airplane Mode option 21 turning on and off airplane mode 21 Bluetooth feature 176 call forwarding 80 call waiting 81 caller IDs 80 contact matches 80 phone 20 screen 20 Wi Fi 161 wireless services 21 TXT files 182 U UMTS data network 14 74 218 universal search See Just Type unlinking contacts 117 unlocking the screen 200 unread emails 95 untimed events 125 See also calendars events up gesture 24 29 updates applications 48 227 billing accounts 49 Palm profile 194 phone 43 45 Quickoffice 184 troubleshooting 224 uploading pictures 139 146 147 videos 149 uppercase letters 34 URLs 170 172 USB cable 9 58 USB Drive mode 58 144 222 224 USB Drive storage certificates 197 disconnecting 144 155 202 downloaded files 174 erasing from 196 223 music 153 pictures 144 user names 106 user profile 8 229 user safety information 240 V vCards 110 121 video playback controls 150 152 Video Roll album 149 videos 148 152 answering phone and 70 as attachments 101 backup summary 192 copying 59 deleting 151 editing 148 playback controls 150 152 recording 148 searching for 53 151 152 sending 219 sharing 149 152 troubleshooting 221 uploading 149 watching 149 150 151 YouTube 151 views 8 See also c

Palm Pre 2 (Rogers) User Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents